2018 Norton Mental Health Annual Catalog

NORTON MENTAL HEALTH
2018 CATALOG
P S Y C H OT H E R A P Y N E U R O B I O L O G Y P S Y C H I AT R Y
COUNSELING SOCIAL WORK SELF-HELP
Dear Reader,
Welcome to the 2018 Norton Mental Health Catalog. We are featuring new titles to
be published through April 2018, representing a spectrum of new books in mental
health and wellness, as well as many older titles too. We would be pleased to hear
from you and welcome your thoughts and comments on our books.
A. Deborah Malmud, Director, Norton Mental Health
admalmud@wwnorton.com
CONTENTS
New Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Autism Spectrum Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . 49
New in the Norton Series on Interpersonal Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Neurobiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Brief & Solution-Focused Therapies . . . . . . . 51
Norton Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology . . 14 Couple Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Neuroscience & Neuropsychology . . . . . . . 26 Family Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Psychopharmacology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Narrative & Strategic Therapies . . . . . . . . . 55
Psychiatry & Psychopathology . . . . . . . . . . 28 Integrative & Complementary Therapies . . . . 57
Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Children & Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Coaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Addictions & Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Professional Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
EMDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Self-Help & Parenting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
ORDERING INFORMATION
BY INTERNET: Visit our Web site at wwnorton.com/psych
BY EMAIL: ordering@wwnorton.com
BY PHONE: Call our order department at 1-800-233-4830.
BY MAIL: Use the envelope order form provided in the middle of this catalog.
BY FAX: Use the order form provided in the middle of the catalog and fax to 1-800-458-6515.
COLLEGE EXAMINATION POLICY: All books are available for adoption consideration. Please send an email to nmh@
wwnorton.com or fax your request on school letterhead to (212) 869-0856. Along with the title and ISBN of the book,
please include: 1) name, institution, department, UPS shipping address, and phone number; 2) course name; 3) number of
students enrolled in course; 4) text currently using, if any; and 5) likelihood of adopting the text.
Exam copy requests can also be made for select books at wwnorton.com/psych.
POD: Books labeled POD (for Print on Demand) must be ordered via your local bookseller or online retailer.
FOREIGNREPRESENTATIVES
United Kingdom, Eire, Europe, Australia and New Zealand: Hong Kong and Macau: Singapore, Malaysia, Brunei:
the Middle East, Africa: John Wiley & Sons Australia, Ltd. Transglobal Publishers Service Ltd. Pansing Distribution Pte Ltd
W. W. Norton & Company Ltd. 42 McDougall Street 27/F Unit E Shield Industrial Centre 1 New Industrial Road
15 Carlisle Street Milton, Queensland 4064 84/92 Chai Wan Kok Street Times Centre
London W1D 3BS Tel (61) 7 3859 9755 Tsuen Wan, N.T. Singapore 536196
United Kingdom Fax (61) 7 3859 9715 Hong Kong Tel (65) 6319 9939
Tel (44) 20 7323 1579 email: aus-custservice@wiley.com Tel (852) 2413 5322 Fax (65) 6459 4930
email: office@wwnorton.co.uk Japan: Fax (852) 2413 7049 email: info@pansing.com
Canada: email: Anthony.Choy@ Thailand, Cambodia, Laos,
Rockbook Gilles Fauveau
Penguin Random House Canada transglobalpsl.com Vietnam, Myanmar:
Expirime 5F 10-10 Ichibancho
320 Front Street West, Suite 1400 Chiyoda-ku Peoples Republic of China: Hardy Bigfoss International Co., Ltd.
Toronto, Ontario M5V 3B6 102-0082 Tokyo Everest International Publishing 293 Maenam Kwai Road,
Tel 888-523-9292 Japan Services Tambol Tha Makham
Fax 888-562-9924 Tel: (81) 90 9700 2481 Wei Zhao, Director Amphur Muang
email: customerservicescanada@ Tel: (81) 90 3962 4650 2-1-503 UHN Intl Kanchanaburi 71000
penguinrandomhouse.com email: ayako@rockbook.net 2 Xi Ba He Dong Li Thailand
email: gfauveau@rockbook.net Beijing 100028 Tel (66) 3451 1676
Taiwan and Korea: Tel (86) 10 5130 1051 Fax (66) 3451 1746
Fax (86) 10 5130 1052 email: keith@hardy-bigfoss.com
B. K. Norton Ltd.
Mobile (86) 13 6830 18054
5F, 60 Roosevelt Road
email: wzbooks@aol.com
Sec. 4, Taipei 100
Taiwan Mexico, South and Central
Tel (886) 2 6632 0088 America, the Caribbean:
Fax (886) 2 2368 8929 US PubRep, Inc.
email: lillianh@bookman.com.tw 5000 Jasmine Drive
Rockville, MD 20853 USA
Tel 301 838 9276
Fax 301 838 9278
email: craigfalk@aya.yale.edu
THE POCKET GUIDE TO THE POLYVAGAL THEORY
STEPHEN W. PORGES
Stephen Porges, PhD, has not only made one of the most profound and
illuminating contributions to our understanding of the nervous system in the
last 50 yearshes made one of the most useful ones. . . . What is so special
about his contribution, is that it is of immediate clinical import. His principles and
NEW TITLES
discoveries guide us as to how, and when, to intervene in some of the most challenging
clinical conditions, and opens up new kinds of treatment possibilities. . . . This is ideal
for clinicians of any kind, but also for anyone who wants to better understand their own
nervous system, and that of those they care about. Norman Doidge, MD, author,
The Brain That Changes Itself, and The Brains Way of Healing
[A] landmark work, a lucid scientific explanation of how nurture is the very
foundation of our nature. . . . This book shows how most psychiatric problems are
expressed in failures of attunement and reciprocity, and, by explaining the biological
foundations of reciprocity, provides a guide to innovative methods to gain a sense of safety, mutuality and belonging.
Bessel van der Kolk, MD, Medical Director Trauma Center at JRI, Professor of Psychiatry, Boston University School of
Medicine, author of NYT bestseller The Body Keeps the Score
When The Polyvagal Theory was published in 2011, it took the therapeutic world by storm, bringing Stephen Porges
insights about the autonomic nervous system to a clinical audience interested in understanding trauma, anxiety,
depression and other mental health issues. The book made a Polyvagal perspective that provided new concepts and
insights for understanding human behavior accessible to clinicians and other professionals. This perspective placed an
emphasis on the important link between psychological experiences and physical manifestations in the body. That book
was brilliant but dense.
The Pocket Guide to the Polyvagal Theory presents Dr. Porges perspective in a readily accessible way. Constructs and
concepts embedded in Polyvagal Theory are explained conversationally, and an introductory chapter discusses the
science and the scientific culture in which Polyvagal Theory originally developed. This book expands the meaning and
clinical relevance of this groundbreaking theory.
Contents: 1. The Neurobiology of Feeling Safe 2. Polyvagal Theory and the Treatment of Trauma 3. Self-Regulation
and Social Engagement 4. How Polyvagal Theory Explains the Consequences of Trauma on Brain, Body, and
Behavior 5. Cues of Safety, Health, and Polyvagal Theory 6. The Future of Trauma Therapy: A Polyvagal Perspective
7. Somatic Perspective in Psychotherapy
ISBN: 978-0-393-70787-8 2017 288 pages Hardcover $29.95
Also available:
THE POLYVAGAL THEORY
Neurophysiological Foundations of Emotions, Attachment,
Communication, and Self-Regulation
STEPHEN W. PORGES, Foreword by BESSEL A. VAN DER KOLK
Adopted by clinicians around the world, Stephen Porges groundbreaking Polyvagal
Theory has provided exciting new insights into the way our autonomic nervous system
unconsciously mediates social engagement, trust, and intimacy.
Topics include: Adaptive Reactions of the Autonomic Nervous System

Biobehavioral Regulation During Early Development Social Communication and
Relationships: Emotions, Attachment and the Neural Regulation of the Autonomic
Nervous System Therapeutic and Clinical Perspectives: Autism, Borderline
Personality Disorder, Abuse, Trauma, Music Therapy and the Polyvagal Theory Social
Behavior and Health: Affect and Caregiving in Light of Neurobiology and Evolution
Discounted Two-Book Set: The Polyvagal Theory and The Pocket Guide to the
Polyvagal Theory
ISBN: 978-0-393-71307-7 $70.00
About Stephen W. Porges, PhD, is Distinguished University Scientist at Indiana University,

the where he directs the Trauma Research Center within the Kinsey Institute. He holds the position of
Author Professor of Psychiatry at the University of North Carolina and Professor Emeritus at the University of Illinois
at Chicago and the University of Maryland. He served as president of both the Society for
Psychophysiological Research and the Federation of Associations in Behavioral & Brain Sciences and is
a former recipient of a National Institute of Mental Health Research Scientist Development Award. In
1994, he proposed the Polyvagal Theory, a theory that links the evolution of the mammalian
autonomic nervous system to social behavior and emphasizes the importance of physiological state in
the expression of behavioral problems and psychiatric disorders. The theory is leading to innovative
treatments based on insights into the mechanisms mediating symptoms observed in several
behavioral, psychiatric, and physical disorders.
3
A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER
MIND
A Journey to the Heart of Being Human
DANIEL J. SIEGEL
Daniel Siegel widens our world with this mind-openingand mind-bending
exploration of mind itself. From a journey through Mind emerges a compelling sense
NEW TITLES
of our connection to each other, and to the universe. Daniel Goleman, author of
Emotional Intelligence
Noted neuropsychiatrist and New York Times best-selling author Daniel J. Siegel, MD,
uses his characteristic sensitivity and interdisciplinary background to offer a definition of
the mind that illuminates the how, what, when, where, and even why of who we are,
of what the mind is, and what the minds self has the potential to become. MIND takes
the reader on a deep personal and scientific journey into consciousness, subjective
experience, and information processing, uncovering the minds self-organizational
properties that emerge from both the body and the relationships we have with one
another, and with the world around us. While making a wide range of sciences accessible and excitingfrom neurobiology
to quantum physics, anthropology to psychologythis book offers an experience that addresses some of our most pressing
personal and global questions about identity, connection, and the cultivation of well-being in our lives.
See pages 18 and 19 for more books by Daniel J. Siegel.
THE BODY REMEMBERS, VOLUME 2

Revolutionizing Trauma Treatment
BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
This book continues the discussion begun more than fifteen years ago with the publication
of the best-selling and beloved The Body Remembers: The Psychophysiology of Trauma
and Trauma Treatment.
Babette Rothschild empowers both therapists and clients by expanding trauma

treatment options. For clients who prefer not to review memories, or are unable to
do so safely, new and expanded strategies and principles for trauma recovery are
presented. And for those who wish to avail themselves of more typical trauma memory
work, tools to make trauma memory resolution even safer are included.
Being able to monitor and modulate a trauma clients dysregulated nervous system
is one of the practitioners best lines of defense against traumatic hyperarousal going
amokrisking such consequences as dissociation and decompensation. Rothschild clarifies and simplifies autonomic
nervous system (ANS) understanding and observation with her creation of an original full-color table that
distinguishes six levels of arousal. Included in this table (and the discussion that accompanies it) is a new and essential
distinction between trauma-induced hypoarousal and the low arousal that is caused by lethargy or depression.
The Autonomic Nervous System (ANS) Table, included in

The Body Remembers, Volume 2, is also available in these formats, to
share with your clients or use as a desk reference:
Laminated Card: ISBN: 978-0-393-71280-3, $6.99
Wall Poster: ISBN: 9780-393-71281-0, $12.99
Also by Babette Rothschild

THE BODY REMEMBERS
DISCOUNTED TWO-BOOK SET: THE BODY REMEMBERS

& THE BODY REMEMBERS, VOL. 2
ISBN: 978-0-393-71303-9 $60.00
For more books by Rothschild, see page 30 and visit bit.ly/rothschildbooks
4
THE EMOTIONAL FOUNDATIONS OF PERSONALITY
A Neurobiological and Evolutionary Approach
KEN DAVIS and JAAK PANKSEPP
This book presents the wealth of scientific evidence that our personality emerges
from evolved primary emotions shared by all mammals. These subcortically-generated
emotions bias our actions, alter our perceptions, guide our learning, provide the basis
NEW TITLES
for our thoughts and memories, and become regulated over the course of our life.
Understanding personality development from the perspective of mammals is a

groundbreaking perspective, one that sheds new light on the ways in which we as
humans respond to life events, both good and bad.
Jaak Panksepp, famously known for discovering laughter in rats and creating the field
of affective neuroscience, died in April 2017. This book forms a part of his lasting
legacy and impact on a wide range of scientific and humanistic disciplines. It will be
essential reading for anyone trying to understand how we act in the world and the worlds impact upon us.
Contents: Introduction: Personality and Basic Human Motivation Prime Movers 1. The Affective Neuroscience
Personality Scale 2. The Mystery of Human Personality 3. Darwins Comparative Personality Model 4. William
McDougalls Comparative Psychology 5. The Need for a Bottom-Up Model of Personality 6. Bottom-Up and Top-
Down Personality Approaches 7. Personality Research on Great Apes 8. The Special Case of Our Canine Companions
9. Do Rats Have Personalities? Of Course They Do! 10. Learning About Us from Them: Animal Personality Research
11. Different Paths Toward Understanding Brain-Mind States that Constitute Human Temperaments 12. Factor
Analysis 13. Other Big Models 14. Bringing In Neural Substrates of Human Personality 15. Genetics and the
Origins of Personality 16. Human Brain Imaging 17. Personality and The Self 18. Affective Neuro-Personality and
Psychopathology 19. Fleshing Out the Complexities
ISBN: 978-0-393-71057-1 March 2018 416 pages Hardcover $35.00

See page 16 for Jack Panksepps The Archaeology of Mind.
THE SCIENCE OF COUPLES AND FAMILY THERAPY

Behind the Scenes at the Love Lab
JOHN M. GOTTMAN and JULIE SCHWARTZ GOTTMAN
In this highly conversational and readable book, John and Julie Gottman offer the
fulfillment of the original general systems theory first presented by biologist Ludwig
von Bertalanffy in 1968. His work began a set of world-shattering, innovative changes
in psychotherapy, starting with the fact that more than just one client is invited into
the consulting room.
The Gottmans present a new, viable general systems theory, with precise, measurable,
and easy-to-understand concepts. Their motto is, If you cant measure it, you cant
build it. From this new empirical theory, an effective couples and family therapy
emerges. They describe their clear-cut technology for creating change and delineate
the six parameters of change. This book finally creates a firm scientific edifice for
couples and family therapy.
About World renowned for his work on marital stability and divorce prediction, John Gottman has conducted
the 40 years of breakthrough research with thousands of couples. Julie Gottman is the co-founder and
Authors President of The Gottman Institute, and Clinical Supervisor for the Couples.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71274-2 January 2018 320 pages Hardcover $35.00
See pages 22 and 52 for more books by the Gottmans.
YOUR RESONANT SELF

Guided Meditations and Exercises to Engage Your Brains
Capacity for Healing
SARAH PEYTON, Foreword by BONNIE BADENOCH
Neurobiology and mindfulness science have recently proved that the human brain
is capable of being distraught (scared, anxious, depressed), while simultaneously
observing ourselves with compassion, as a loving parent or partner would. This ability
to be both experiencing and holding the experience is the key to maintaining inner
calm in the face of lifes challenges.
In Your Resonant Self, Sarah Peyton helps readers learn how to read the signs of their
body and understand how physiology can be signaling to them that something is
amiss. With clarity and easy-to-follow exercises, it synthesizes the latest developments
in neuroscience, trauma treatment, and the power of empathy into an effective
healing method that literally rewires our brain and restores our capacity for self-love,
emotional regulation and well-being.
Watch a book trailer narrated by Sarah Peyton at bit.ly/yrstrailer
5
THE GOOD MOOD KITCHEN
Simple Recipes and Nutrition Tips for Emotional Balance
LESLIE KORN
Revolutionize your personal cooking and eating habits for optimal energy, health,
and emotional well-being. This book of mood-savvy tips, tools, and delicious recipes
guides you step by step through all the essentials. It features dozens of easy-to-
NEW TITLES
understand graphics, lists, and charts to help prioritize choices for maximum benefit.
Learn how to:
Assess your unique digestive style and nutritional Identify common
needs and develop the diet thats right for you. nutritional
complications
Substitute problem foods, ingredients, and habits with
healthy, delectable alternatives. behind depression,
anxiety, and other mood challenges.
Navigate gluten sensitivity and other allergies.
Engage family and friends in nutritional change.
Use smarter, healthier food preparation options for
busy schedules. And much more.
This is the essential dietary road map for anyone interested in improved mental well-being. Explore tasty, life-changing
ways to eat healthierand happier!
NUTRITION ESSENTIALS FOR MENTAL HEALTH

A Complete Guide to the Food-Mood Connection
LESLIE KORN
I highly recommend this book to any professional or clinician working in the mental
health field. With years of clinical experience supported by decades of evidence-
based research, Leslie Korn enables clinicians to help their patients understand
the underlying biological processes driving their mood and behavior and make
the necessary changes to restore balance. James M. Greenblatt, MD, Integrative
Psychiatrist, Editor of Integrative Therapies for Depression
Contents: 1. Why Does Nutrition Matter in Mental Health? 2. The Second Brain:
Trust Your Gut 3. Listening to Your Clients About Their Diet and Health: Assessment
Techniques 4. Common Diagnoses and Typical Nutritional Culprits 5. Food Allergies, Sensitivities, and Special Diets
6. The Kitchen is Your Pharmacy 7. Best Vitamins, Minerals, Amino Acids, Glandulars, and Special Nutrients for
Mental Health 8. Medication: Side Effects and Withdrawal 9. Making Recommendations for Success
About Leslie Korn, PhD, is a clinician specializing in mental health nutrition and
the integrative medicine. A core faculty member of Capella Universitys Mental Health
Author Counseling Program, she served as a Fulbright scholar on traditional medicine, a
Clinical Fellow at Harvard Medical School, and a National Institutes of Health-funded
research scientist in mind/body medicine. In 1975, she founded the Center for Traditional Medicine,
a public health clinic in rural indigenous Mexico that she directed for over 25 years. Author of six
books, she teaches and consults internationally for mental health professionals and tribal
communities.
Discounted Two-Book Set: The Good Mood Kitchen and Nutrition Essentials for Mental Health
ISBN: 978-0-393-71340-4 $60.00
THE INTELLIGENT BODY

Reversing Chronic Fatigue and Pain From the Inside Out
KYLE DAVIES
This can-do guide offers good advice and insights that can help everyone, not only
those with chronic fatigue and pain, be active players who bring passion and purpose
to their own game of life. . . . Davies presents empowering ways for people to focus
on what they can change and, in the process, to keep their personal stress buckets
from overflowing. Booklist
This book explains the origins of chronic symptoms and outlines the road to recovery.
Readers are offered life-changing principles and practices to regain harmony in their
lives and bodies, whether they suffer from chronic fatigue syndrome, fibromyalgia,
adrenal fatigue, trauma, depression, or anxiety. It explains how we can learn to
heal ourselves from the inside out by reconceptualizing the relationships among
our bodies, minds, and emotions, embracing the full importance of the mind-body
connection, and tapping our natural restorative capacities. Readers gain strategies to maximize the connections between
optimum health, peace of mind, and fulfilling life experiences, all emerging when we are aligned with our true self.
6
TRANSGENDER CHILDREN AND YOUTH
Cultivating Pride and Joy with Families in Transition
ELIJAH C. NEALY
Heres the book that caregivers and family members of transgender children have
been waiting for. With equal measures sound scientific reasoning and genuine human
compassion, Elijah Nealy provides a thoughtful roadmap for anyone trying to support
NEW TITLES
our preciousand endangeredtrans youth. Jennifer Finney Boylan, author of
Shes Not There: A Life in Two Genders
Elijah C. Nealy, PhD, MDiv, LCSW, a therapist and former deputy executive director of
New York Citys LGBT Community centerand himself a trans manhas written the
first-ever comprehensive guide to understanding, supporting and welcoming trans kids.
Covering everything from family life to school and mental health issues, as well as the
physical, social, and emotional aspects of transition, this book is full of best practices to
support trans kids.
Contents: Part 1: Foundations for Understanding Transgender Youth 1. Talking Trans: Basic Terms and Vocabulary
2. Gender Diversity and Gender Dysphoria 3. Trans Kids in Therapy 4. When a Young Person Comes Out: Disclosure
and Social Transition 5. Medical Transition 6. Transgender Adolescents Part 2: Trans Youth and the World Around
Them 7. Helping Families 8. Beyond Help to a Deeper Understanding 9. All About School 10. Beyond Coming Out:
Living a Life 11. Preparing for College and Work Part 3: Supporting Trans Youth 12. The Mental Health Professional
13. Top 10 Life-Affirming Practices for Adults in the Lives of Trans Kids Appendix A. Legal Issues Appendix B.
Resources Appendix C. Sample Mental Health Letters
LGBTQ CLIENTS IN THERAPY

Clinical Issues and Treatment Strategies
JOE KORT
All the answers clinicians need to work effectively with LGBTQ clients.
A therapist who treats LGBTQ clients often must be more than gay friendly. Gay, lesbian,
bisexual, and transgender clients have specific needs that require their own knowledge
base. This book offers up-to-date information for clinicians treating LGBTQ clients,
including new chapters on transgender, sexually fluid, and gender non-conforming clients.
Previously published in hardcover as Gay Affirmative Therapy for the Straight Clinician
(978-0-393-70497-6).
Contents: 1. Psychotherapy for LGBTQ People:Setting the RecordStraight!2.

What Is Gay Affirmative Therapy? 3. Growing Up Lesbian, Gay or Bisexual 4. Covert
Cultural Sexual Abuse 5. TraumaFrom Growing Up LGBTQ 6. Developmental
Insults 7. Coming Out 8. Helping Families of Lesbians and Gays 9. Lesbian and Gay Sexuality 10. Working With
TodaysLesbian and Gay Couples 11. The New Mixed Marriage or Relationship:One LGBTQ Spouse and One
Straight 12. Gay Affirmative Therapy Principlesin Clinical Practice: Establishing aDifferential Diagnosis 13.LGBTQ
Adolescents 14.Transgender Children, Adolescents, and Adults 15.The Bisexual Client 16. Sexual Fluidity
ISBN: 978-1-324-00048-8 February 2018 448 pages Hardcover $27.95
QUICKIES, Third Edition

The Handbook of Brief Sex Therapy
DOUGLAS FLEMONS and SHELLEY GREEN
Quickies demonstrates that the best sex therapy is often the briefest, presenting readers
with a refreshing array of time-efficient, client-focused approaches to sexual problems. The
third edition includes new chapters on the impact of the Internet in relationships, infidelity,
as well as same-sex and transgender affirming therapy.
Contents: 1. Therapeutic Quickies: Brief Relational Therapy for Sexual Issues 2. Unique
Problems, Unique Resolutions: The Case of the Bad Orgasm 3. The Process of Change in
Brief Sex Therapy 4. Come Again?: From Possibility Therapy to Sex Therapy 5. Healing the
Relational Wounds from Infidelity 6. Brief Therapy with Consensually Non-Monogamous
Couples: Challenging the Status Quo 7. Because Choice: The Internet as Other in Personal
Relationships 8. All That Matters Is That We Know Who We Are: Multicultural Considerations in Brief Sex Therapy with Same-
Sex Couples 9. Sex is for Every Body: Trans Affirming Sex Therapy 10. Everything is Dangerous: Crossing Borders in Brief Sex
Therapy 11. A Clash Between the Sheets: Addressing Intimate Partner Violence in Sex Therapy 12. A Relational Approach to
Sexual Violence 13. Transforming Stories: A Contextual Approach to Treating Sexual Offenders 14. An Ericksonian Hypnosis
Approach to Sex Therapy 15. Dont Get Too Bloody Optimistic: John Weakland at Work
Contributors: Douglas Flemons and Shelley Green Monte Bobele Scott Fraser and Andy Solovey Bill OHanlon
Tina Timm and Adrian Blow Julie Albright and Mary Andres Daniel Alonzo Alex Iantaffi and Kristen Benson Laurie
Charles Christine Beliard Martha Laughlin and Kate Warner William Rambo Eric Greenleaf Wendel Ray and
Barbara Anger-Diaz
ISBN: 978-0-393-71156-1 January 2018 352 pages Paperback $28.95
7
THE NEW MIND-BODY SCIENCE OF DEPRESSION
VLADIMIR MALETIC and CHARLES RAISON
Major depressive disorder is a highly heterogeneous diagnostic and biological entity
and studying and understanding it requires a broad, interdisciplinary approach.
Building upon findings from a range of other scientific disciplines, the authors present
depression as a highly conserved emotional, cognitive, and behavioral response to
environmental adversity, with a biology that extends from interactions between the
NEW TITLES
environment and genetic risk factors, through bodily pathways such as the immune
system and hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis to specific patterns of brain functioning.
From genetics to environmental adversity to inflammation and the immune system,

the authors provide a comprehensive and full-bodied understanding of this condition.
Although much remains to be learned, The New Mind-Body Science of Depression provides evidence that most of what
we will eventually know about depression we know already.
About Vladimir Maletic, MD, is a Clinical Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Science at the University of
the South Carolina School of Medicine in Greenville, and a consulting associate in the Division of Child and
Authors Adolescent Psychiatry, Department of Psychiatry, at Duke University in Durham, North Carolina. From
2013-2014, he served as a program chair for the US Psychiatric and Mental Health Congress. He has
also published two books, numerous articles, and several book chapters.
Charles Raison, MD, is the Mary Sue and Mike Shannon Chair for Healthy Minds, Children & Families and Professor,
School of Human Ecology, and Professor, Department of Psychiatry, School of Medicine and Public Health, at the
University of Wisconsin-Madison in Madison, WI. He also serves as Director of Clinical and Translational Research for
Usona Institute and as Interim Director of Research in Spiritual Health for Emory University Healthcare. He received
the Raymond Pearl Memorial Award from the Human Biology Association in recognition of his contributions to our
understanding of evolutionary biocultural origins of mental health and illness.
THE SCIENCE OF ADDICTION, Second Edition

From Neurobiology to Treatment
CARLTON K. ERICKSON
The Science of Addiction explains, in an easy-to-understand way, changes in the
terminology and characterization of addiction that are emerging based upon new
neurobiological research. This updated edition of Eriksons best-selling book reflects the
developments in treatment, philosophy, and policy around addiction made in the decade
since its original publication.
Contents: 1. What Addiction Is, What Addiction Is Not 2. Is Drug Addiction a Chronic
Medical Brain Disease? 3. How Do They Diagnose the Disease of Addiction? 4. Basically,
How Does the Brain Work? 5. Where and How Does Addiction Occur? 6. Genetics:
Mom and Dads Contributions 7. Drugs That Stimulate and Depress Us 8. Alcohol, Our
Most Popular Legal Drug 9. Other Drugs That Turn Us On 10. The Treatment of Addiction Should Be Easy, Right? 11.
Treating Addiction: What are the Choices? 12. Addiction Research: Good News and Bad News 13. Whats Exciting
About Future Addiction Research? Appendix A: Alcohol Concepts for the Aspiring Neuropharmacologist Appendix B:
Drug Concepts for the Aspiring Neuropharmacologist
ISBN: 978-0-393-71207-0 March 2018 352 pages Hardcover $37.50

See page 63 for Carlton K. Ericksons Addiction Essentials.
201 POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY APPLICATIONS

Promoting Well-Being in Individuals in Communities
FREDRIKE BANNINK
Focusing on the five elements of well-being as defined by one of positive psychologys
founders, Martin Seligman, this book presents simple ways to foster positive emotion,
engagement, relationships, meaning, and accomplishment. It links the what of
positive psychology with the how to do it to apply these strategies to your life.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71220-9 2017 320 pages Paperback $16.95
For more books by Fredrike Bannink, see pages 31 and 51 and visit bit.ly/banninkbooks
8
THE 10 BEST-EVER ANXIETY MANAGEMENT
TECHNIQUES, Second Edition
Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Anxious and What You Can
Do to Change It
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
A much-anticipated update to the best-selling first edition, full of strategies to
NEW TITLES
understand, manage, and conquer your stress. From mild worry or social unease
to severe phobia and panic, this book offers answers and relief. Drawing on brain
science, it highlights the top 10 anxiety-defeating tips. Vanquish anxious thoughts with
breathing skills, mindful awareness, self-talk, and a trove of other practical techniques.
THE 10 BEST-EVER ANXIETY MANAGEMENT

TECHNIQUES WORKBOOK, Second Edition
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
The newly updated and expanded workbook companion for putting the top
anxiety management techniques into practice.
Brimming with exercises, worksheets, tips, and tools, this how-to workbook expands
on the top 10 anxiety-busting strategies from The 10 Best-Ever Anxiety Management
Techniques. Step-by-step, it demonstrates how to put the best targeted methods
and brain-based skills to work to alleviate our symptoms and manage our day-to-day
anxiety.
Discounted Two-Book Set: The 10 Best-Ever Anxiety Management Techniques, 2E and The 10 Best-Ever
Anxiety Management Techniques Workbook, 2E ISBN: 978-0-393-71282-7 $35.00
TOUGH-TO-TREAT ANXIETY
Hidden Problems & Effective Solutions for Your Clients
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
When anxiety is tough to treat, dual conditions may be blocking treatment. This clinical
casebook identifies symptoms that may indicate these obstacles, helping mental
health professionals recognize conditions that coexist with anxietysuch as autism
spectrum disorder, addiction, OCD, and depression. Margaret Wehrengerg breaks
down this information into three parts: generalized anxiety, panic disorder, and social
anxiety disorder. Each section describes a typical symptom pattern for each, how other
disorders may complicate treatment, and examples of successful interventions.
See pages 27, 39 and 44 for more books by Wehrenberg.
BENSON THE BOXER PROGRAM FOR GRIEF AND LOSS

Neuroscientific Resources for Therapists, Educators, and Parents
Working with Children to Achieve Healing and Wellness After Loss
KAREN FERRY and PIETER ROSSOUW
The Benson the Boxer program aims to guide children through the distress of losing
someone, or something, significant in their lives. This comprehensive program provides
therapists, parents, and other caregivers with a neuroscience-based framework for
understanding the effects of loss on children at different developmental stages.
Together with the Benson the Boxer: A Story of Loss and Life storybook, this program
is a psychoeducational tool, incorporating contemporary neuroscience research,
written specifically for children who have suffered the pain of losing a caring and
loving relationship.
The first section of the program manual provides a definition of loss and trauma, and
explains the emotional and neurological effect of loss on children and young people. It
specifically looks at the development of memory systems and the behaviors adopted
when the brain processes incoming sensory signals, particularly sensory signals that are
frightening or painful. The manual describes how trauma can be associated with loss,
addresses issues that arise when fears are not addressed, and highlights the relationship
between stress and trauma from a neuroscience perspective.
The second section provides the theoretical explanation for Benson the Boxer, the
themes relevant in grief and loss therapy, as well as guidelines for using the story as,
a therapist, an educator or a parent. At the end of the program manual, removable
supplementary worksheets are provided for junior children (ages 4-7) and senior
children (ages 8-12+).
Program Manual: ISBN: 978-0-393-71299-5 March 2018 144 pages Paperback $19.95
Storybook: ISBN: 978-0-393-71301-5 March 2018 80 pages Paperback $12.95
9
THE SELF-COMPASSION SKILLS WORKBOOK
A 14-Day Plan to Transform Your Relationship with Yourself
TIM DESMOND
Learn how self-compassion can help you find greater health, peace, emotional
stability, and joy.
With its engaging discussions and powerful techniques, anyone who wants to know
NEW TITLES
how to get to a point of more happiness and life satisfaction will find [The Self-
Compassion Skills Workbook] both accessible and satisfyingly specific. Very highly
recommended! Midwest Book Review
Cutting-edge research shows that self-compassion is not only a skill anyone can
strengthen through practice but also one of the strongest predictors of mental health
and wellness. The practices in this book have been specially formulated to target and fortify what neuroscientists call the
care circuit of the brain.
Devoting thirty minutes a day for just fourteen days to these simple practices can have life-changing results. Tim
Desmonds Map to Self Compassion will engage your mind, heart, and spirit. It will empower you to:
Improve your ability to motivate yourself with kindness Let go of self-criticism and destructive behavior
Regulate and defuse intense emotions, anxiety, and Heal painful experiences and be more present and
depression compassionate with others
Be resilient during lifes challenges
Experience the benefits firsthand! This book also features
downloadable audio recordings for on-the-go practice.
Also by Tim Desmond

SELF-COMPASSION IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
Mindfulness-Based Practices for Healing an Transformation
See page 36 for full listing.
TRAUMA-SENSITIVE MINDFULNESS
Practices for Safe and Transformative Healing
DAVID A. TRELEAVEN and Foreword by WILLOUGHY BRITTON
While mindfulness and meditation can be very effective tools for healing, these tools
can also provide situations that unwittingly encourage trauma sufferers to dissociate and
retraumatize themselves. This book provides a review of the reasons why meditative
practice can be harmful and offers solutions to this conundrum.
Contents: Introduction: The Need for Trauma-Sensitive Mindfulness Part I:

Foundations of Trauma-Sensitive Mindfulness 1.The Ubiquity of Trauma: Visible
and Invisible Forms 2. Meeting the Moment: Mindfulness and Traumatic Stress 3.
Shaped by the Past: A Brief History of Mindfulness and Trauma 4. The Brain and
Body in Trauma and Mindfulness Part II: The Five Principles of Trauma-Sensitive
Mindfulness 5. Stay Within the Window of Tolerance: The Role of Arousal 6. Shift
Attention to Support Stability: Avoiding Medusas Trap 7. Keep the Body in Mind: Working with Dissociation 8.
Practice in Relationship: Supporting Safety and Stability in Survivors 9. Understand Social Context: Working Effectively
Across Difference Conclusion: Transforming Trauma
THE REFLECTIVE PARENT

How to Do Less and Relate More with Your Kids
REGINA PALLY
Pally synthesizes the latest neuroscience research to show that our brains natural
tendencies to empathize, analyze, and connect with others are all we need to
be good parents. Each chapter weaves together discussions of specific reflective
parenting principles like Tolerate Uncertainty and Repair Ruptures with engaging
explanations of the science that backs them up. Brief Take Home Lessons at the
end of each chapter and vivid examples of parents and children putting the principles
into action make this a highly readable, practical guide for anyone looking to build
loving, lasting relationships with their kids.
Contents: 1. 10 Principles of Reflective Parentin 2. Your Childs Unique Mind 3.

The Brains Mirror System: Wired for Empathy 4. The Brains Mentalization System:
Wired for Reflection 5. The Brain and Maternal Care: Wired for Motherhood 6. The
Brain and Attachment: Wired for Connection 7. Parenting and Stress: Calming and Coping 8. Parenting from Infancy
through Childhood 9. Parenting from Adolescence through Adulthood
10
THE UPSIDE OF SHAME
Therapeutic Interventions Using the Positive Aspects of a
Negative Emotion
VERNON C. KELLY Jr. and MARY LAMIA
There is much more to shame than its reputation as a negative emotional state. This clinical
book delves into the role of shame in many complex issues such as personality disorders,
NEW TITLES
anxiety, depression, and addictions. In each example, the authors show how an understanding
of the positive side of shame can be translated into practical therapeutic interventions.
Contents: Introduction SECTION I: THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS 1. The Positive

Evolutionary Significance of Shame 2. Script Formation and the Development of Shame
Emotions 3. Defensive and Coping Responses to Shame SECTION II: CLINICAL
APPLICATIONS 4. Anxiety Disorders 5. Depression 6. Narcissistic Personality Disorder 7.
Borderline Personality Disorder 8. Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder 9. Couples Therapy
Vernon C. Kelly Jr., MD, is a board-certified psychiatrist in Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania. Mary Lamia, PhD, is a clinical
psychologist in private practice and professor in the doctoral program at The Wright Institute in Berkeley. She also blogs
for Psychology Today and Therapy Today.
NEURO-NARRATIVE THERAPY
New Possibilities for Emotion-Filled Conversations
JEFFREY ZIMMERMAN
Narrative therapys lack of emphasis on emotional expression has concerned many, even
those who acknowledge the benefits of treating problems as separate from the person.
This book offers the missing link by bringing ideas from Interpersonal Neurobiology into
Narrative Therapy, showing how brain science contributes to understanding emotion. This
journey in deconstructing and reimagining Narrative Therapy accounts for the needs of
clients in todays world, and in an effort to contribute to Narrative Therapys continued
evolution and survival, produces more effective therapeutic results.
Contents: 1. Toward a Neuro-Narrative Therapy: Histories of the Present Revisited 2.

Possibilities in Neuro-Narrative Therapy: Preview and Backstory 3. The Importance of Affect in Narrative Therapy 4.
Body/Mindfulness Practices in Narrative Therapy 5. Right-Brain to Right-Brain Communication in Narrative Therapy 6.
Nonconscious Influences in Narrative Therapy
Jeffrey Zimmerman, PhD, has been a licensed psychologist for over 35 years and given workshops all over the world,
training both therapists and students in Narrative Therapy. Hes previously been an Associate Professor of Psychiatry in a
University School of Medicine, and an adjunct faculty member at Stanford Hospital.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71137-0 December 2017 224 pages Hardcover $27.95
THE SACRED PATH OF THE THERAPIST

Modern Healing, Ancient Wisdom, and Client Transformation
IRENE R. SIEGEL
Enabling therapists to blend the healing realities of two worldsthe clinical world
and the world of the shaman.
Shamans are ancestral teachers, guides to non-ordinary realms of consciousness who heal
by connecting to elemental energies. Psychotherapists also respect the healing power of
silent spaces in the session, moments in which sacred energy emerges. This book explains
shamanic approaches to access shared energy and intuitive processes to heal clients.
Contents: 1. Mindfulness, Attunement, and Spiritual Resonance 2. Transpersonal

Theory to Practice 3. Elemets of Transpersonal Therapy Practice 4. The Human Energy
Field 5. Resourcing, Cosmic Interweave, and Ego Integration in EMDR 6. Healing the Wounds of the Past 7. Changing
Our Destiny 8. The Marriage of Psychotherapy and Spiritual Initiation
About Irene R. Siegel, PhD, LCSW, conducts her integrative psychotherapy practice, and teaches meditation
the in Huntington, New York. She received her doctorate in Transpersonal Psychology from the Institute of
Author Transpersonal Psychology (now Sofia University), and her masters in Social Work from Columbia
University. As an EMDRIA Approved Consultant, Credit Provider, and EMDRIA Conrerence speaker, she
introduces the innovative concept of integrating mindful awareness and spiritual resonance into the EMDR protocol. She
studied authentic Incan healing tradition in Peru and Bolivia, has been published in the Journal of Transpersonal
Psychology, and is the author of Eyes of the Jaguar. Her website is www.DrIreneSiegel.com.
11
NEW in The Norton Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology
Louis J. Cozolino, PhD, Series EditorAllan N. Schore, PhD, Series Editor, 2007-2014
Daniel J. Siegel, MD, Founding Editor
INTERPERSONAL NEUROBIOLOGY
Welcome to the Norton Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology!

Interpersonal Neurobiology (IPNB) and this Series were born from a deep need to
find common ground among various clinical disciplines so that we could work more
collaboratively and have a core science-based curriculum that sheds light on some
often unanswered and even unaddressed questions in the field of mental health.
Our three categories for the Series are: Scientific Fundamentals:Ways of Knowing, Therapeutic
Framework: Ways of Being, and Clinical Applications: Ways of Doing. Each of these books
has themes that fit into each of the categories, not just the one it was placed in for organizational
purpose. Our hope is that by classifying an initial theme of the books message into one of these
three areas, youll be able to more easily select among the rich offerings and let the book then speak
for itself about how to bring these ways of knowing, being, and doing into effective means to help
others, and yourself, achieve mental health and well-being.
Regards,
Daniel J. Siegel
THE HEART OF TRAUMA

Healing the Embodied Brain in the Context of Relationships
BONNIE BADENOCH
The ability to offer the safe sanctuary of presence is central to treating trauma and
therapeutic practice. This book offers brain- and body-based insights and skills for the
reader to heal not only clients but also themselves.
Contents: Introduction 1. Reconsidering the Nature of Trauma Part One: Setting the
Table Section 1: Our Embodied and Relational Brains in Development, Trauma, and
on
Healing 2. Introducing Our Complex and Malleable Brains 3. Skin: Portal to the Brain 4.
Muscles: Murmuring Voices of Holding and Letting Go 5. Autonomic Nervous System:
NORTON SERIES
Guardian of Safety 6. Eyes: Diffuse and Focused Seeing 7. Ears and Vocal Cords:
Relational Vibrations 8. Belly Brain: Digesting Food and Relationships 9. Heart Brain: One
Voice of Connection 10. Brainstem: Moving to the Rhythm of Memory and Experience
11. Midbrain: The Emotional-Motivational Roots of Selfhood 12. Limbic~Neocortex: Lateralized Resources for Integration
13. Where We Have Been and Other Intriguing Explorations Section II: How We Attend 14. Disorder and Adaptation
15. Inherent Wisdom and Implicit Memory 16. Built for Co-regulation 17. The Music of the (Hemi)spheres Part Two:
Nourishing Accompaniment 18. Leading, Following, Responding 19. Co-attaching: The Foundation of Relational Healing
20. Opening to Implicit Memory 21. Radical Inclusiveness: Everyone Is Welcome Here 22. A Sacred Space Opens
ISBN: 978-0-393-71048-9 November 2017 340 pages Hardcover $27.50
Also by Bonnie Badenoch:

BEING A BRAIN-WISE THERAPIST
A Practical Guide to Interpersonal Neurobiology
BONNIE BADENOCH, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
in the
Topics include: Theoretical Foundations The Brains Building Blocks

The Relationship Between Brain and Mind Attaching The Mutuality of the
Therapeutic Relationship Practical Matters Through the Lens of Diagnosis:
Depression, Anxiety, Dissociation, and Addiction Grounding Therapy in the Right
NEW
Brain Listening to Family Histories The Three Faces of Mindfulness Patterning

the Internal Work Doing Art Keeping Our Balance with Couples Meeting Teens
with Their Brains in Mind Playing with Children, Supporting Their Parents
THE BRAIN-SAVVY THERAPISTS WORKBOOK

A Companion to Being a Brain-Wise Therapist
BONNIE BADENOCH
This book is intended to address two issues: (1) the role of attachment in adult behavior, and (2) a method for deriving
information about adult attachment from spoken discourse about family relationships. This is the perfect companion to
Badenochs first book, or a great starting point for incorporating an interpersonal neurobiology approach to your clinical work.
About onnie Badenoch, MA, LMFT, is a marriage and family therapist, an instructor at Portland State
B
the University in the Interpersonal Neurobiology certificate program, and cofounder and executive director of
Author the nonprofit Nurturing the Heart with the Brain In Mind.
12
HOW PEOPLE CHANGE
Relationships and Neuroplasticity in Psychotherapy
Edited by MARION SOLOMON and DANIEL J. SIEGEL
NEW
This book explores the complexities of attachment, the brain, mind, and body as they
aid change during psychotherapy. Research is presented about the properties of healing
relationships and communication strategies that facilitate change in the social brain.
Contents: 1. Psychotherapy as the Growth of Wholeness: The Negotiation of
in the
Individuality and Otherness 2. How People Change 3. A Whole-Person Approach
to Dynamic Psychotherapy 4. Beyond Words: A Sensorimotor Psychotherapy
Perspective 5. Emotion, the Body and Change 6. The Disintegrative Core of
Relational Trauma and a Way towards Unity 7. How Children Change within the
NORTON SERIES
Therapeutic Relationship: Interweaving Communications of Curiosity and Empathy 8.
The Therapeutic Use of Optimal Stress: Precipitating Disruption to Trigger Recovery
9. Love and War in Intimate Relationships: How Couples Change 10. How Couple Therapy Can Effect in Long-Term
Relationships and Change Each Of The Partners 11. Feeling Felt: Co-Creating an Emergent Experience of Connection,
Safety, and Awareness in Psychotherapy
Contributors: Daniel J. Siegel, MD Marion Solomon, PhD Philip Bromberg, PhD Louis Cozolino, PhD Vanessa
Davis Margaret Wilkinson Pat Ogden, PhD Peter Levine, PhD Russell Meares, MD Dan Hughes, PhD Martha
Stark, MD Stan Tatkin, PsyD, MFT Bonnie Goldstein, PhD
PLAY AND CREATIVITY IN PSYCHOTHERAPY

Edited by TERRY MARKS-TARLOW, MARION SOLOMON, and
DANIEL J. SIEGEL
on
Through play, as children, we learn the rules and relationships of culture and expand
our tolerance of emotionsareas of life training that overlap with psychotherapy.
Distinguished clinicians including Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi, Daniel J. Siegel, Jaak
Panksepp, Allan Schore, Pat Ogden, and Louis Cozolino illuminate what play and
creativity mean for the healing process at any stage of life in Play and Creativity in
Psychotherapy.
Contents: 1. Deer, Chicken, Hunting Dogs, and the Future of Humankind 2. A

Closer Look at Play 3. Play and the Default Mode: Interpersonal Neurobiology, Self,
and Creativity 4. How Love Opens Creativity, Play, and the Arts through Early Right-
Brain Development 5. Play, Creativity and Movement Vocabulary 6. A Cross-Cultural
and Cross-Disciplinary Perspective on Play 7. Creativity in the Training of Psychotherapists Chapter 8: Awakening
Clinical Intuition: Creativity and Play 9. Trauma, Attachment, and Creativity 10. Resonance, Synchrony and Empathic
Attunement: Musical Dimensions of Psychotherapy 11. Playing with Someone Who Loves You: Creating Safety and
Joyful Parent-Child Connection with Theraplay 12. PLAY and the Construction of Creativity, Cleverness and Reversal
of ADHD in our Social Brains 13. Nesting Dolls: A Playful Way to Illustrate a Valuable Intervention in Couples Therapy
14. Rage, Comedy, and Creativity in Theater 15. Rage Underlying Humor in Psychotherapy16. Developing Resilience
with the Improvisers Mindset: Getting People Out of Their Stuck Places 17. Play and Creativity in Mindful Group
Therapy for Young Clients 18. The Power of Optimism
ISBN: 978-0-393-71171-4 November 2017 384 pages Hardcover $37.50
Also by Terry Marks-Tarlow:

CLINICAL INTUITION IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
The Neurobiology of Embodied Response
TERRY MARKS-TARLOW, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
Marks-Tarlow defines clinical intuition as a right-brain, fully embodied mode of
perceiving, relating, and responding to the ongoing flows and changing dynamics
of psychotherapy. She examines how the body has a mind of its own in the form
of implicit processes and gut feelings, locates the roots of clinical intuition within
human empathy, and emphasizes the importance of play to clinical intuition.
AWAKENING CLINICAL INTUITION

An Experiential Workbook for Clinicians
I am delighted to see a book which endeavours to demystify such an intangible, evasive
yet crucial concept in psychotherapy by linking it to the empirically grounded science of
neurobiology and some increasingly popular eastern philosophical concepts. . . . [The]
exercises provide a roadmap for our own venture into awakening and cultivating clinical
intuition. Journal of Mental Health
ISBN: 978-0-393-70868-4 2014 256 pages Paperback w/MP3 CD $32.95
13
SCIENTIFIC FUNDAMENTALS: WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW
THE NEUROSCIENCE OF PSYCHOTHERAPY,

Third Edition
Healing the Social Brain

LOUIS COZOLINO
This groundbreaking book explores the revolution in psychotherapy that has brought
an understanding of the social nature of peoples brains to a therapeutic context. Louis
Cozolino is a master at synthesizing neuroscientific information and demonstrating
how it applies to psychotherapy practice. New material on altruism, executive function,
trauma, and change round out the third edtion of this bestseller.
Topics include: Building and Rebuilding the Brain Neural Integration The Human
Nervous System Multiple Memory Systems Laterality Executive Functioning
The Social Brain Attachment Altruism The Disorganization of Experience The
Anxious and Fearful Brain Early Traumatic Stress and The Impact of Trauma The
Self in Exile Narcissism and Pathological Caretaking Neural Plasticity The Psychotherapist as Neuroscientist How
People Change
WHY THERAPY WORKS

Using Our Minds to Change Our Brains
LOUIS COZOLINO
[A] wonderful read. . . . Few entertain and engage the reader as well as Cozolino
does. . . . I came away from reading this book more knowledgeable about the current
state of neuroscience and its applicability to psychotherapy. PsycCRITIQUES
Cozolinos distinguished career as both a professor and mental health clinician qualify
him as an expert in bridging the gap between theory and practice. With its helpful
(and often humorous) overviews of key theories, plus its innovative fusion of biology,
behavior, and human evolution, it will no doubt prove beneficial to both lay readers
and mental health practitioners. Psych Central
on
Why Therapy Works is a tour de force . . . Drew Pinsky, MD, Internist/

Addictionologist and Host of Dr. Drew on HLN
NORTON SERIES
THE NEUROSCIENCE OF HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS,

Second Edition
Attachment and the Developing Brain
LOUIS COZOLINO
I have been using Cozolinos wisdom and work both for my clients and myself since
reading this book. The breadth of empirical knowledge and wisdom it contains
is phenomenal. Psych Central
Since the publication of the best-selling first edition of this book on how relationships
build our brains, the field of social neuroscience has grown at a mind-numbing pace.
The second edition organizes this cutting-edge, abundant research and presents its
compelling insights, giving readers a deeper appreciation of how and why relationships
have the power to reshape our brains throughout our life.
Topics include: The Emergence of Social Neuroscience: An Overview Social Brain

Structures and Functions Building the Social Synapse The Power of Relationships Disorders of the Social Brain
Social Neural Plasticity
THE HEALTHY AGING BRAIN

Sustaining Attachment, Attaining Wisdom
LOUIS COZOLINO
This book reassures readers that mental deterioration need not accompany growing
old, and to that end, Cozolino even provides an appendix listing 52 different activities
to keep older brains vibrant. The Scientist
Cozolino offers a neuroscientifically-based account of just how our brains age and
evolve over time, and what we can do to make life as long and fulfilling as possible.
See page 42 for Louis Cozolinos The Making of a Therapist.
14
PRENATAL DEVELOPMENT AND PARENTS LIVED
EXPERIENCES
How Early Events Shape Our Psychophysiology and Relationships
NORTON SERIES
ANN DIAMOND WEINSTEIN
Knowledge drawn from numerous fields highlights theopportunity for parents-to-be
and the practitioners who care for them to intentionally support the cultivation of
nurturing internal and external environments during the preconception, prenatal, and
early parenting periods. Theory and research from the fields of psychology, medicine,
psychophysiology, epigenetics, and traumatology, among others, suggest that doing so
will support lifelong multidimensional aspects of healthy development in children and
adults and may also benefit future generations.
ISBN 978-0-393-71106-6 2016 496 pages Hardcover $47.50
FOUNDATIONAL CONCEPTS IN NEUROSCIENCE

A Brain-Mind Odyssey
DAVID E. PRESTI
on
This book is a gem . . . a lucid survey of the whole majestic sweep of contemporary
neuroscience, written for the non-medical reader. It will make an excellent textbook
for any introductory course in neuroscience. V. S. Ramachandran, author of The
Tell-Tale Brain
Based on the authors popular UC Berkeley course, this book provides a complete
overview of brain structure and function. Comprehensive enough to use as a text in an
introductory course on neuroscience, but fundamental enough to be read by anyone
interested in learning how the brain works, the chapters in the book are concise yet
thorough, rigorous yet easy-to-follow and fun to read.
Contents: 1. Origins 2. Nervous Systems and Brains 3. Chemistry and Life 4.

Genes and the History of Molecular Biology 5. How Neurons Generate Signals 6. Synapses, Neurotransmitters, and
Receptors 7. Neuroanatomy and Excitability 8. Poison, Medicine, and Pharmacology 9. Psychoactive Drugs 10. Neural
Development and Neuroplasticity 11. Sensory Perception 12. Nose and Smell 13. Tongue and Taste 14. Eye and
Vision 15. Ear and Hearing 16. Skin, Touch, and Movement 17. Imaging the Brain 18. Connectivity, Language, and
Meaning 19. Memory 20. Rhythms, Sleep, and Dreams 21. Emotion 22. Mind, Consciousness, and Reality
AFFECT REGULATION THEORY

A Clinical Model
DANIEL HILL, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
Daniel Hill is a master teacher. This book is essential reading for graduate
students and clinicians. Lewis Aron, PhD, Director, New York University
Postdoctoral Program in Psychotherapy & Psychoanalysis
Drawing on cutting-edge understanding from the fields of attachment, developmental

trauma, implicit processes, and neurobiology, this is the first book of its kind to
translate the intricacies of affect regulation theory into a cogent clinical synthesis and
useful guide for any practitioner.
Topice Include: Affect Regulation and the Attachment Relationship Self-States

The Neurobiology of the Primary Affect-Regulating System The Right Brain and the
Implicit Self Mentalization Relational Traumas Chronic Dissociation Personality
Disorders Pervasive Dissociated Shame Therapeutic Aims Therapeutic Actions: Explicit and Implicit Interactive
Regulation and Vitalizing Attunement
BRAIN MODEL & PUZZLE

Anatomy & Functional Areas of the Brain
An ideal tool for helping your clients to visualize the complexities of the brain
and mental health disordersand a useful refresher for practitioners who
find brain anatomy overwhelmingthis color-coded brain puzzle puts it all in
perspective, allowing users to deconstruct the major functional areas of the
cerebral cortex to see exactly how and where they fit together.
Watch an online video and see how it all fits together!
Visit tinyurl.com/BrainPuzzle17
ISBN: 978-0-393-73289-4
$29.95 single item
$5.00 with the purchase of any 2 books from this catalog Call 1-800-233-4830 for
FREE with the purchase of any 3 books from this catalog this special offer
15
THE POLYVAGAL THEORY
Neurophysiological Foundations of Emotions, Attachment,
Communication, and Self-Regulation
STEPHEN W. PORGES, Foreword by BESSEL A. VAN DER KOLK

The Polyvagal Theory is at the leading edge of psychosomatic medicine and body-
mind therapies. It is a vital contribution to scientifically-informed clinical practice. . . .
[N]ow compiled in this one astounding comprehensive volume. It is a must-read for
clinicians and psychobiological researchers. Peter A. Levine, PhD, author of In An
Unspoken Voice: How the Body Releases Trauma and Restores Goodness
Substantial research across a significant career has been well considered and
integrated into a quite engaging and stimulating model regarding the relationship
between the heart and the brain. PsycCritiques
Adopted by clinicians around the world, Stephen Porges groundbreaking Polyvagal

Theory has provided exciting new insights into the way our autonomic nervous system unconsciously mediates social
engagement, trust, and intimacy.
Topics include: Adaptive Reactions of the Autonomic Nervous System Biobehavioral Regulation During Early
Development Social Communication and Relationships: Emotions, Attachment and the Neural Regulation of the
Autonomic Nervous System Therapeutic and Clinical Perspectives: Autism, Borderline Personality Disorder, Abuse,
Trauma, Music Therapy and the Polyvagal Theory Social Behavior and Health: Affect and Caregiving in Light of
Neurobiology and Evolution
THE ARCHAEOLOGY OF MIND

Neuroevolutionary Origins of Human Emotions
JAAK PANKSEPP and LUCY BIVEN, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
Jaak Panksepp is the most important theorist of mental life that I have read
since Freud. The impact of his scientific contributions will be felt for decades to
come. His findingsso lucidly introduced in this accessible book with Lucy Bivenherald
a new golden age. . . . In these pages, the supposed chasm between mind and brain
disappears before your eyes. Mark Solms, Editor, Freuds Complete Works
on
The Archaeology of Mindpresents an affective neuroscience approachwhich takes into

consideration basic mental processes, brain functions, and emotional behaviors that all
NORTON SERIES
mammals shareto locate the neural mechanisms of emotional expression. It revealsfor

the first timethe deep neural sources of our values and basic emotional feelings.
Topics include: The Seeking System: How the Brain Generates a Euphoric and Expectant Response The Fear System: How
the Brain Responds to the Threat of Physical Danger and Death The Rage System: Sources of Irritation and Fury in the Brain
The Lust System: How Sexual Desire and Attachments Are Elaborated in the Brain The Care System: Sources of Maternal
Nurturance The Grief System: Sources of Non-Sexual Attachments The Play System: How the Brain Generates Joyful, Rough-
and-Tumble Interactions The Self: A Hypothesis Explaining How Affects Might Be Elaborated in the Brain
BODY SENSE
The Science and Practice of Embodied Self-Awareness
ALAN FOGEL
Fogel writes with a depth of knowledge and understanding that is admirable and which
offers the reader a trustworthy and encyclopedic reference text for gaining a better sense
of how to both recognize and stay in contact with our embodied selves. Contemporary
Psychotherapy
Combining a ground-up explanation of the anatomical and neurological sources of

embodied self-awareness with practical exercises in touch and movement, Body Sense
provides therapists and their clients with the tools to attain mind-body equilibrium and
cultivate healthy body sense throughout their lives.
Previously published in hardcover as The Psychophysiology of Self-Awareness
FROM AXONS TO IDENTITY

Neurological Explorations of the Nature of the Self
TODD E. FEINBERG
The big questions facing neuroscience are about how brain circuits contribute to self
and personality, to identity. Todd Feinberg is one of the few clinician-scientists tackling
these complex and important issues. I enjoyed From Axons to Identity and learned a lot,
especially from the telling case studies. Joseph LeDoux, University Professor, NYU, and
author of The Emotional Brain.
16
THE SCIENCE OF THE ART OF PSYCHOTHERAPY
ALLAN N. SCHORE
One would be hard pressed to find another book so extensively filled with an
NORTON SERIES
up-to-date and extensive review of contemporary studies on the affective and
neuroscience literature related to psychotherapy and psychoanalysis as this
. . . [A] major reference source for those interested in understanding the brain-mind-
body relationships, particularly in the two person model, focused on the dissociative
process, and the autonomic nervous system concomitants. Journal of Analytical
Psychology
Following Allan Schores very successful books on affect regulation and dysregulation,
this is the third volume of the trilogy. It offers a representative collection of essential
expansions and elaborations of regulation theory, all written since 2005. Focusing on
the hottest topics in psychotherapy, this book provides a window into the ideas of one
of the best-known writers in the field.
Topics include: Affect Regulation Therapy and Clinical Neuropsychoanalysis Relational Trauma and the Developing
Right Brain Right Brain Affect Regulation Therapeutic Enactments Attachment Developmental Neuroethology
and Social Context Borderline Personality Disorder and the Right Hemisphere Bowbys Environment of
on
Evolutionary Adaptedness Family Law and the Neuroscience of Attachment
AFFECT REGULATION AND THE REPAIR OF THE SELF &

AFFECT DYSREGULATION AND DISORDERS OF THE SELF
ALLAN N. SCHORE
These books bring together Schores integrative work on affect regulation and
dysregulation. Considered together, they show both the breadth of his theoretical models
and the practical import of his findings. The complex biopsychosocial model that emerges
from Schores research highlights the integrative character of the biological and the
psychological realms in early development and over the course of the human lifespan.
Affect Regulation: ISBN: 978-0-393-70407-5 2003 384 pages Hardcover
$47.50
Affect Dysregulation: ISBN: 978-0-393-70406-8 2003 432 pages Hardcover
$45.00
Set of two books: ISBN: 978-0-393-70408-2 $80.00
The Allan Schore Collection: A special discounted set of all three of Allan Schores books
The Science of The Art of Psychotherapy, Affect Dysregulation and Disorders of the Self, Affect Regulation
and Repair of the Self
ISBN: 978-0-393-70780-9 $120.00
THE NEUROBEHAVIORAL AND SOCIAL-EMOTIONAL

DEVELOPMENT OF INFANTS AND CHILDREN
ED TRONICK
[A]n essential textbook for students and scholars of infant development
and a valuable resource for clinical practitioners at all levels. New England
Psychologist
Organized into five partsNeurobehavior, Culture, Infant Social-Emotional Interaction,

Perturbations: Natural and Experimental, and Dyadic Expansion of Consciousness and
Meaning Makingthis book represents all of Tronicks landmark ideas and studies
regarding infant-adult interactions, developmental processes, and mutual regulation. It
also includes a CD-ROM with video clips of Tronicks Still-Face Paradigm.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70517-1 2007 604 pages Hardcover w/CD-ROM $55.00
INFANT/CHILD MENTAL HEALTH, EARLY

INTERVENTION, AND RELATIONSHIP-BASED THERAPIES
A Neurorelational Framework for Interdisciplinary Practice
CONNIE LILLAS and JANIECE TURNBULL
In response to the critical need for a more cohesive system of care for our youngest
patients, this book presents a conceptual framework for interdisciplinary collaboration.
Examining the issues of infant mental health and early intervention from a brain-based
perspectiveone that cuts across all domainsLillas and Turnbull address the need for
individual practitioners to incorporate the whole picture as they assess and intervene with
each individual child and parent, and provide a global framework for team collaboration.
Includes a CD-Rom with supplemental worksheets, figures, and tables.

ISBN: 978-0-393-70425-9 2009 608 pages Hardcover w/CD-ROM $52.00
17
THERAPEUTIC FRAMEWORK: HOW YOU NEED TO BE
A NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER

MIND
A Journey to the Heart of Being Human
DANIEL J. SIEGEL
A leading scientists visionary journey, a creative and compelling exploration of mind
itself. Jack Kornfield, PhD, author of A Path With Heart
At once erudite and highly readable, with the proper mix of science and speculation,
this book takes the reader on a journey from mind as simply brain activity to mind
as energy and information flow to mind as embodied and relational with emergent
properties. . . . This interdisciplinary book elucidates the power of mind and delineates
delicately the personal, interpersonal and societal implications of creating a creative and
a healthy mind. Ellen J. Langer, Professor of psychology, Harvard University, author
of Mindfulness
POCKET GUIDE TO INTERPERSONAL NEUROBIOLOGY

An Integrative Handbook of the Mind
DANIEL J. SIEGEL
Dr. Daniel Siegel is one of the most thoughtful, eloquent, scientifically solid and
reputable exponents of mind/body/brain integration in the world today.
Jon Kabat-Zinn, PhD, author of Wherever You Go, There You Are
This book is designed to aid in your personal and professional application of the
interpersonal neurobiology approach to developing a healthy mind, an integrated
brain, and empathic relationships. It will also assist you in seeing the intricate
foundations of interpersonal neurobiology as you read other books in the Norton
Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology.
on
THE MINDFUL THERAPIST

A Clinicians Guide to Mindsight and Neural Integration
NORTON SERIES
DANIEL J. SIEGEL
In my 40 years of practice, I can count on one hand the number of books
I would call seminal. After reading The Mindful Therapist, that number
just increased by one. Scientifically grounded, evidence-based, compassionate,
and exquisitely human, this approach will fundamentally change the way we do
psychotherapy. I hope everyone who practices our craft reads this book, and I hope
they read it often. Daniel Gottlieb, PhD, Host, Voices in the Family, WHYY FM
Radio, Contributor to The Philadelphia Inquirer
A deep exploration of what it means to be mindful and how to cultivate mindfulness

in the therapeutic relationship. Exercises offered throughout the book promote
integration, a mindful presence, and the nurturing of empathic relationshipsall of
which are key to effective therapy.
Visit the book page for audio exercises and other content at: wwnorton.com/books/the-mindful-therapist
THE MINDFUL BRAIN

Reflection and Attunement in the Cultivation of Well-Being
DANIEL J. SIEGEL
[T]he ideas in this book will both enrich ones own mindfulness practice and
enhance ones therapeutic skills. American Journal of Psychiatry
The first book ever to integrate neuroscience research with the ancient art of
mindfulness. For clinicians and laypeople alike, Siegels illuminating discussions of the
power of the focused mind provide a wealth of ideas that can transform our lives and
deepen our connections with others, and with ourselves.
About Daniel J. Siegel, MD, is a Clinical Professor of Psychiatry at the UCLA School of Medicine, founding
the co-director of UCLAs Mindful Awareness Research Center, founding co-investigator at the UCLA Center
Author for Culture, Brain, and Development, and executive director of the Mindsight Institute. He is the founding
editor of the Norton Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology (IPNB) and author of four New York Times
best sellers: Mind,Brainstorm, The Whole-Brain Child (with Tina Payne Bryson, PhD), and No-Drama Discipline (with
Tina Payne Bryson, PhD). He has been invited to lecture for the King of Thailand, Pope John Paul II, His Holiness the
Dalai Lama, Google University, and TEDx. Learn more at www.drdansiegel.com.
18
HEALING MOMENTS IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
DANIEL J. SIEGEL and MARION F. SOLOMON, Editors
A wide range of distinguished scientists and clinicians discuss the nature of change in
NORTON SERIES
the therapeutic process. Jaak Panksepp, Ian McGilchrist, Ruth Lanius, Francine
Shapiro, and other luminaries offer readers a powerful journey through mindful
awareness, neural integration, affective neuroscience, and therapeutic presence to
reveal the transformational nature of therapy.
Contributors also include: Daniel J. Siegel Marion Solomon Daniel A. Hughes

Pat Ogden Robyn Bluhm Paul A. Frewen Debra Wesselmann Diana Fosha
Bonnie Mark-Goldstein
THE HEALING POWER OF EMOTION

Affective Neuroscience, Development & Clinical Practice
DIANA FOSHA, DANIEL J. SIEGEL, and MARION F. SOLOMON, Editors
on
This book offers fresh, exciting, original, and groundbreaking work from the leading
neuroscientists, developmental psychologists, therapy researchers, and clinicians today,
illuminating how to regulate emotion in a healthy way. A variety of emotions, both
positive and negative, are examined in detail, drawing on both research and clinical
observations. The role of emotion in bodily regulation, dyadic connection, marital
communication, play, well-being, health, creativity, and social engagement is explored.
Contents: 1. Brain Emotional Systems and Qualities of Mental Life by Jaak

Panksepp 2. Reciprocal Influences Between Body and Brain in the Perception and
Expression of Affect: A Polyvagal Perspective by Stephen W. Porges 3. The Functions
of Emotion in Infancy by Colwyn Trevarthen 4. Multilevel Meaning Making and
Dyadic Expansion of Consciousness Theory by Ed Tronick 5. Right Brain Affect
Regulation by Allan N. Schore 6. Emotion as Integration by Daniel J. Siegel 7. Emotion and Recognition at Work by
Diana Fosha 8. Emotion, Mindfulness, and Movement by Pat Ogden 9. Emotion In Romantic Partners by Marion
F. Solomon 10. Extravagant Emotion by Susan Johnson 11. The Communication of Emotions and the Growth of
Autonomy and Intimacy Within Family Therapy by Dan Hughes
HEALING TRAUMA
Attachment, Mind, Body, and Brain
MARION F. SOLOMON and DANIEL J. SIEGEL, Editors
The ultimate textbook on trauma. Invaluable for clinicians who wish
to familiarize themselves with trauma treatments. Journal of Analytical
Psychology
Emerging from the integration of developmental, neurobiological, and social

perspectives, Healing Trauma is a collection that will be accessible and valuable to a
wide variety of practitioners in the medical and psychological healing professions.
Contributors include: Diana Fosha Mary Main Allan N. Schore Francine Shapiro
Daniel J. Siegel Marion F. Solomon Bessel van der Kolk
NEUROBIOLOGY AND THE DEVELOPMENT OF

HUMAN MORALITY
Winner of the 2017 Expanded Reason Award in
Evolution, Culture, and Wisdom research by the University Francisco de Vitoria,
Madrid, in collaboration with the Joseph
DARCIA NARVAEZ, Foreword by Ratzinger/Benedict XVI Vatican Foundation
ALLAN N. SCHORE
[F]ascinating and compelling . . . . [A] must for any college or institutional
library and a highly recommended read for practitioners interested in
neuroscience and the wider implications of human behavior in society today.
Contemporary Psychotherapy
Integrating the latest scholarship in clinical sciences and positive psychology, Narvaez
provides an evolutionary framework for early childhood experience grounded in
developmental systems theory, encompassing not only genes but a wide array of
environmental and epigenetic factors. In light of these findings, Narvaez proposes a
developmentally informed ecological and ethical sensibility as a way to revise the ways
we think about parenting and sociality.
19
INTENSIVE PSYCHOTHERAPY FOR PERSISTENT
DISSOCIATIVE PROCESSES Winner of the International Society for the
The Fear of Feeling Real Study of Trauma and Dissociations (ISSTD)
Pierre Janet Writing Award

RICHARD A. CHEFETZ
Whether laying out verbatim vignettes, neuroscience, or positioning his work within
the plains of psychoanalytic theory, his style is engaging and it is a pleasure to
read. . . . [I]t made me think and it fed directly, immediately and effectively into my
practice. European Society for Trauma and Dissociation newsletter
[A] goldmine for anyone struggling to understand this most perplexing and
important of fields. Psychodynamic Psychiatry
Contents: 1. A Mind Hiding From Itself 2. Life as Performance Art: The Search for
Felt Coherence 3. Recognizing Dissociative Experience and Self States 4. Opening
a Treatment for Persistent Dissociative Processes 5. Affect, Neurobiology, and
Dissociative Processes 6. Fear and Depersonalization 7. Incest, Sexual Addiction, and Dissociative Processes 8.
Waking the Dead Therapist 9. The Unconscious Fear of Feeling Real 10. Object Coercive Doubting 11. In the Throes
of an Enactment 12. Emerging from an Enactment
HEALING THE TRAUMATIZED SELF

Consciousness, Neuroscience, Treatment
PAUL FREWEN and RUTH LANIUS Forewords by DAVID SPIEGEL and
BESSEL VAN DER KOLK
This is a landmark book in the history of psychotraumatology. Frewen and
Lanius have created a new intellectual blueprint for understanding dissociation. Their
book is unique in providing a detailed integration of the latest neuroscientific findings
with the experience of what it is like to be traumatized. Chris R. Brewin, Professor of
Clinical Psychology, University College London
Paul Frewen and Ruth Lanius present a new model for parsing the symptoms of
trauma-related disorders into non-dissociative distress and properly dissociative
on
trauma-related altered states of consciousness, or TRASC. Their four-dimensional

model tracks disturbances in 1) time-memory, 2) thought, 3) body, and 4) emotion.
NORTON SERIES
THE NEUROPSYCHOLOGY OF THE UNCONSCIOUS

Integrating Brain and Mind in Psychotherapy
EFRAT GINOT, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
[A] persuasive argument for delving into the unconscious, so that clients can
make enduring change. By citing recent research, developing cohesive theories, and
providing exemplary cases, this book lights up the darkest recesses of the unconscious
to improve our therapeutic perception. . . . [A] compelling update of modern
psychodynamic psychotherapy. We recommend it to anyone interested in the
unconscious, psychoanalysis, and interpersonal neurobiology. The Milton H.
Erickson Foundation Newsletter
THE HAUNTED SELF

Winner of the
Structural Dissociation and the Treatment ISSTD Media Award
of Chronic Traumatization
ONNO VAN DER HART, ELLERT R. S. NIJENHUIS, and KATHY STEELE
[A] brilliant and highly accessible account of this most fundamental concept
of modern-day psychiatry and psychotherapy. David Servan-Schreiber, MD,
PhD, Clinical Professor of Psychiatry, University of Pittsburgh, and author of The Instinct
to Heal
Topics include: Structural Dissociation of the Personality Trauma and Dissociation

Chronic Traumatization and a Janetian Psychology of Action Synthesis and its
Limitations in Trauma Survivors Traumatization as a Syndrome of Nonrealization
The Hierarchy of Action Tendencies Phobic Maintenance of Structural Dissociation
Assessment of the Traumatized Patient Promoting Adaptive Action: Treatment
Principles
20
BRAIN-BASED PARENTING
The Neuroscience of Caregiving for Healthy Attachment
DANIEL A. HUGHES and JONATHAN BAYLIN, Foreword by
NORTON SERIES
DANIEL J. SIEGEL
The authors . . . offer salient, real-world vignettes that will resonate with
parents and clinicians alike. . . . [H]ighly recommended reading for anyone hoping
to get a taste of the exciting new field of interpersonal biology and enrich their
knowledge of parenting. Journal of Psychiatric Practice
Renowned attachment specialist Daniel Hughes and clinical psychologist Jonathan

Baylin reveal what happens neurochemically when caregiving skills are strongleading
to healthy attachmentand when theyre impaired, potentially leading to a host of
behavioral and emotional problems in kids. In doing so, they provide parents, and
the family therapists and clinicians who may work with them, with a roadmap for a
stronger and more meaningful parent-child connection. Readers will learn how to harness their brain chemistry to master
emotional regulation, strengthen reflective capacities, expand attunement, and remain mindful.
on
See pages 24, 46, and 54 for more books from Daniel A. Hughes.
THE PRESENT MOMENT IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
AND EVERYDAY LIFE
DANIEL N. STERN
Immensely important, indisputably major . . . authoritatively straddling the
spectrum encompassing psychoanalysis and psychotherapy, adult and child,
neuroscience and phenomenological philosophy, and much else . . . in a most lucid,
concise, and comprehensive way. International Journal of Psychotherapy
Topics include: The Nature of the Present Moment The Temporal Architecture of
the Present Moment The Present Moment as a Lived Story The Intersubjective
Matrix Implicit Knowing Intersubjective Consciousness Interweaving the Implicit
and Explicit in the Clinical Situation The Past and the Present Moment Change
The Microanalytic Interview
NEUROBIOLOGY FOR CLINICAL SOCIAL WORK

Theory and Practice
JEFFREY S. APPLEGATE and JANET R. SHAPIRO
This truly seminal volume . . . strongly validates the applicability of infant research
findings to both adult relationships in general and clinical social work practice in
particular. . . . [T]his is the first major publication that specifically addresses the
subject from a social work perspective. . . . [A] major contribution. . . . one which can
be enlightening and stimulating to both clinical social workers and our colleagues in
related fields. Psychoanalytic Social Work
Topics include: The Neurobiology of Memory Affect: Toward a Neuropsychological

Integration Early Affect Regulation Attachment Vulnerable Dyads: The Quality
of Early Caregiving Relationships Infant Mental Health: From Understanding to
Prevention Affect Dysregulation and Its Treatment Case Studies
NEUROBIOLOGY ESSENTIALS FOR CLINICIANS

What Every Therapist Needs to Know
ARLENE MONTGOMERY, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
A practical handbook that easily translates into clinical practice. Journal of
Analytical Psychology
What is so unique about this book is that the bulk of the chapters are clinical dialogue,
accompanied by neurobiological commentary. Thus, readers can see for themselves,
through case examples, just how a neurobiological outlook can inform therapeutic
understandings of what clients are doing and saying.
Contents: Part I: Neurobiological Underpinnings of Selected Clinical

Experiences 1. Affect Regulation and the Autonomic Nervous System 2. Defense Mechanisms and the Limbic
System 3. Threat Management and the Amygdala 4. Therapeutic Engagement Issues and the Vagal System 5.
Personality Disorders As Affect Management Strategies Part II: Special Populations 6. Working With Adolescents
7. Working With Groups 8. Integrating Neurobiological Concepts Into the Supervisory Process
21
LOVING WITH THE BRAIN IN MIND
Neurobiology and Couple Therapy Mona Fishbane was named the 2017
Family Psychologist of the Year Award by the
MONA DEKOVEN FISHBANE, American Psychological Association, Division 43:
Society for Couple & Family Psychology.

Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
An innovative and very readable book for both new and experienced
clinicians. . . . [It] provides couple therapists, as well as the couples that they treat,
with a scientific, evidence-based foundation for hope and optimism for the future.
PsycCRITIQUES
This engaging book explains how partners become reactive and emotionally
dysregulated with each other, and what is going on in their brains when this happens.
Readers will come to understand the neurobiology of empathy, and how empathy and
self-regulation can be learned.
THE IMPACT OF ATTACHMENT

SUSAN HART
Hart addresses childrens normal development and relational disorders and presents
an integrated therapeutic approach that takes attachment issues into consideration.
Topics include: Brain Maturation and Infant-Caregiver Attachment Psychodynamic

Levels of Mental Organization Attachment and Relational Disorders Dysregulation
and Misattunement in the Dyadic Interaction Intervention Limbic Exchange:
Treatment Effect Across Therapeutic Approaches Intervention Within a Dynamic
System: Family and Environmental Therapy
SELF-AGENCY IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
Attachment, Autonomy, Intimacy
JEAN KNOX
[A] remarkable, groundbreaking, sweeping synthesis of the best research
on
available on the formation of the mind applied to the art of psychotherapy. In

masterly fashion, Knox not only takes the reader through the developmental evolution
NORTON SERIES
of self-agency, but also manages to challenge and empower each of us to claim the
various levels of agency by which we live and work. Joe Cambray, PhD, President,
International Association for Analytic Psychology
Topics include: The Relational, Developmental and Neurobiological Foundations

of Self-Agency From Action and Imitation to Empathy, Affect Regulation, and
Mentalization The Coercive Use of Language The Fear of Love: Loss of Agency in
Relationship Abuse of an Object and Relating Through Incorporation The Analytic
Relationship: Integrating Psychodynamic, Attachment Theory, and Developmental
Perspectives Attribution and Intentionality
ISBN: 978-0-393-70559-1 2010 Hardcover 256 pages $35.00
CLINICAL APPLICATIONS: WHAT TO DO WITH WHAT YOU KNOW
TEN PRINCIPLES FOR DOING EFFECTIVE COUPLES THERAPY

JULIE SCHWARTZ GOTTMAN and JOHN M. GOTTMAN,
Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
In 10 principles, this book lays out in an eminently readable and accessible way the
basic steps of effective couple therapy. It is a great contribution to the field and will
guide numerous therapists onto the path of successful intervention. Sue Johnson,
EdD, author of Hold Me Tight and Love Sense; Founding Director of The International
Center for Excellence in Emotionally Focused Therapy (ICEEFT)
Two of the worlds leading couples therapists give readers an inside tour of what goes on
inside the consulting rooms of their practice, gathering what they have learned over the years
of their practice and touches on issues at the core of couples work. No one who works with
couples will want to be without the insight, guidance, and strategies offered in this book.
Contents: 1. Use Research-Based Methods to Treat Couples 2. Assess First,

Then Decide on Treatment 3. Understand Each Partners Inner World 4. Map Your Treatment Route 5. Soothe
Yourself, Then Intervene 6. Process Past Regrettable Incidents 7. Replace the Four Horsemen with Gentle Conflict
Management Skills 8. Strengthen Friendship and Intimacy 9. Suspend Moral Judgment When Treating Affairs 10. The
Tenth Principle: Dive Deep to Create Shared Meaning 11. Hold the Hope
22
SENSORIMOTOR PSYCHOTHERAPY
Interventions for Trauma and Attachment
PAT OGDEN and JANINA FISHER
NORTON SERIES
The bodys intelligence is largely an untapped resource in psychotherapy, and the
story told by the somatic narrative is arguably more significant than the story told by
words. Written for therapists and clients to explore together in therapy, this book is a
companion to Trauma and the Body. Thoughtful attention to what is being spoken
beneath the words through the body can heighten the intimacy of the therapist/
client journey and help change take place more easily in the hidden recesses of the
self. Each chapter of this book is accompanied by a guide to help therapists apply the
chapters teachings in clinical practice and by worksheets to help clients integrate the
material on a personal level.
TRAUMA AND THE BODY

A Sensorimotor Approach to Psychotherapy
on
PAT OGDEN, KEKUNI MINTON, and CLARE PAIN
Incorporating theory and technique from traditional talk therapy methods with body-
oriented psychotherapy, somatic psychology pioneer Pat Ogden and her colleagues
expertly explain how using body sensation and movement can help chronically
traumatized clients find resolution and meaning in their lives and develop a new,
somatically integrated sense of self.
Topics include: Cognitive, Emotional, and Sensorimotor Dimensions of Information

Processing Modulating Arousal Dyadic Regulation and the Body The Orienting
Response Defensive Subsystems Adaptation and Action Systems Treatment
Principles Skills for Working with the Body in Present Time Developing Somatic
Resources for Stabilization Processing Traumatic Memory
DISCOUNTED TWO-BOOK SET: Sensorimotor Psychotherapy and Trauma and The Body
ISBN: 978-0-393-71276-6 $74.00
SEX ADDICTION AS AFFECT DYSREGULATION

A Neurobiologically Informed Holistic Treatment
ALEXANDRA KATEHAKIS, Foreword by ALLAN N. SCHORE
Alexandra Katehakis has written a fascinating book on sex addiction. . . . I recommend
this book for everyone in the field of SA treatment as an introduction into the
complexity of the problem. . . . I felt a deep affinity for [her] work and her empathy for
her patients. . . . I found myself engrossed in her clinical material. PsychCritiques
This book integrates cutting-edge research, case studies, verbatim session records, and
patient writings and art. Katehakis explicates neurophysiological, psychological, and
cultural forces priming and maintaining SA, then details how her innovative treatment
restores patients interpersonal, sexual and spiritual relationality. Her Psychobiological
Approach to Sex Addiction Treatment (PASAT) joins therapist and patient through a
relationally-based psychotherapy-a holistic, dyadic dance that calls on the body, brain
and mind of both.
ART THERAPY & THE NEUROSCIENCE OF

RELATIONSHIPS, CREATIVITY, & RESILIENCY
Skills and Practices
NOAH HASS-COHEN and JOANNA CLYDE FINDLAY,
Forewords by LOUIS J. COZOLINO and FRANCES KAPLAN
This is an exciting, nearly quantum leap forward in our understanding of the power
of expressive therapies. John Briere, PhD, Associate Professor of Psychiatry and
Psychology, Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California
[A]s helpful for learning about the brain and its various functions as it is for learning
about art therapy. . . . [F]or those studying or practicing art therapy, or for a
well-informed reader with a particular interest, it is difficult to imagine a more
comprehensive text. Psych Central
23
THE NEUROBIOLOGY OF ATTACHMENT-FOCUSED THERAPY
Enhancing Connection & Trust in the Treatment of Children &
Adolescents
JONATHAN BAYLIN and DANIEL A. HUGHES

This groundbreaking book explores how the attachment-focused family therapy model works
at a neural level. Investigation of the brain science of early childhood and developmental
trauma offers clinicians new insights-and powerful new methods-to help neglected and
insecurely attached children regain a sense of safety and security with caring adults.
Contents: 1. Good Care and Poor Care: The Neurodynamics of Attachment and
Caregiving 2. Blocked Trust: Stress and Early Brain Development 3. Blocked Care:
The Parenting Brain and the Role of the Caregiver 4. Attachment-Focused Treatment:
The Core Processes of Change 5. Trust-Building in ParentChild Dyads 6. Practicing
Openness: Awakening Trust and Engagement with Relational Processing and Fear
Extinction 7. Healing Stories: Prosody, Integrative Narratives, and Co-Creation of Meaning 8. Playing in Safety:
Strengthening Attachment Bonds with Delight and Co-Regulation of Affect 9. Treating Blocked Care: Guidelines
for Working with Parents 10. Therapeutic Presence: Brain-Based Approaches to Staying Open and Engaged with
Caregivers and Children 11. Expanding the Model: Mindfulness, EMDR, Neurofeedback, and More
TREATING TRAUMA-RELATED DISSOCIATION

A Practical, Integrative Approach
KATHY STEELE, SUZETTE BOON, and ONNO VAN DER HART
[O]ne of the most informative, comprehensive books on the treatment of
complex trauma and trauma-generated dissociation I have ever read . . . This
is necessary reading for all clinicians not only for understanding and treating trauma-
generated dissociation but also as a great text for therapy in general. Roger M. Solomon,
PhD, Senior Faculty, EDMR Institute
From the authors of the best-selling patient-oriented manual Coping with Trauma-Related
Dissociation, comes an overview of the neuropsychology of dissociation as a disorder
of non-realization, with chapters on assessment, prognosis, case formulation, treatment
on
planning, and treatment phases and goals, based on best practices. This comprehensive volume, born out of thousands of
hours of treating patients with dissociative disorders, focuses not only on how to conceptualize and treat dissociation, but on
NORTON SERIES
how to be with patients who experience themselves as many instead of one. A must for all trauma therapists.
COPING WITH TRAUMA-RELATED DISSOCIATION

Skills Training for Patients and Therapists
SUZETTE BOON, KATHY STEELE, and ONNO VAN DER HART
This book serves as a manual for therapists, a guide for trainers, and a workbook
for dissociative disorder patients, delivering an up-to-date blend of the best clinical
practices with recent advances in mindfulness therapy and cognitive behavioral
approaches to pathological dissociation. Frank W. Putnam, MD, Professor of
Pediatrics and Psychiatry, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine
Topics include: Overcoming the Phobia of Inner Experience Learning to Reflect

Developing an Inner Sense of Safety Improving Daily Life Coping with Trauma-Related
Triggers and Memories The Window of Tolerance: Learning to Regulate Yourself
Understanding Core Beliefs and Cognitive Errors Coping with Anger, Fear, Shame and Guilt Needs of Inner Child Parts
Self-Harm Improving Decision-Making through Inner Cooperation The Phobias of Attachment and Attachment Loss
Resolving Relational Conflicts Isolation and Loneliness Learning to be Assertive Setting Healthy Boundaries
DISCOUNTED TWO-BOOK SET: Treating Trauma-Related Dissociation and Coping With Trauma Related Dissociation
ISBN: 978-0-393-71268-1, $80.00
THE INTERPERSONAL NEUROBIOLOGY OF PLAY

Brain-Building Interventions for Emotional Well-Being
THERESA A. KESTLY, Foreword by BONNIE BADENOCH
[A] must for anyone who works with children or young people. Therapists with an
adult clientele will benefit from reading it too: our clients were all children once. . . .
The vignettes are entertaining and we are shown how to put the theory into practice.
Theresa Kestly explains the benefits of play interventions to achieve attunement,

neural integration, healthy attachment, and the development of resilience.
24
NEUROBIOLOGICALLY INFORMED TRAUMA
THERAPY WITH CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS
Understanding Mechanisms of Change
NORTON SERIES
LINDA CHAPMAN
This approach to treatment utilizes the integrative capacity of the brain to create a
self, foster insight, and produce change. Treatment strategies are based on cutting-
edge understanding of neurobiology, the development of the brain, and the storage
and retrieval of traumatic memory. Case vignettes illustrate specific examples of
the reactions of children,families, and teens to acute and repeated exposure to
traumatic events. Also presented is the most recent knowledge of the role of the right
hemisphere (RH) in development and therapy.
Topics include: Acute and Chronic Exposure to Trauma Posttraumatic Stress

Symptoms in Children Development of the Right Brain Discovering the Self
Interventions for Integration A Neuro-Developmental Model of Treatment Treating Toddlers and Preschoolers,
School Age Children, and Adolescents Case Examples
on
CHANGING MINDS IN THERAPY
Emotion, Attachment, Trauma, & Neurobiology
MARGARET WILKINSON
Drawing from a wide range of clinical approaches and deftly integrating the scholarly
with the practical, Margaret Wilkinson presents contemporary neuroscience, as well as
attachment and trauma theories, in an accessible way, illuminating the many ways in
which cutting edge research may inform clinical practice.
Topics include: The Neurobiology of Attachment, Affect Regulation, and Patterning

in the Therapeutic Process Attunement Transference and Countertransference
Tools for Change: Relational, Experience-Dependent Plasticity in Service of the
Developing Self Affective Encounter and Interpretation Experience and Meaning-
Making Dissociation and Regression Mirroring, Resonance, and Empathy in the
Supervisory Process
A DISSOCIATION MODEL OF BORDERLINE

PERSONALITY DISORDER
RUSSELL MEARES
Exploring dissociation from developmental, neurobiological, and behavioral
perspectives, Russell Meares presents an original theory of BPD, offering new
insights into this debilitating disorder and hope for recovery.
BORDERLINE PERSONALITY DISORDER AND

THE CONVERSATIONAL MODEL
A Clinicians Manual
RUSSELL MEARES
In this accompanying manual to A Dissociation Model of Borderline Personality Disorder,
Meares and contributors offer therapists and patients a user-friendly guide to general
principles of treatment via case examples, therapeutic conversations, and common
comorbid problems.
LOVE AND WAR IN INTIMATE RELATIONSHIPS

Connection, Disconnection, and Mutual Regulation in
Couple Therapy
MARION SOLOMON and STAN TATKIN, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
Solomon and Tatkin integrate various forms and disciplines of psychotherapyincluding
developmental neuroscience, arousal regulation, and therapeutic enactmentto show
how they apply to the treatment of couples. Throughout, case examples illustrate
the various ways in which childhood attachment patterns can play out in romantic
relationships, and emphasize how cultivating mutual regulation of these patterns is the
key to healing.
25
BRAIN BYTES
Quick Answers to Quirky Questions about the Brain
ERIC CHUDLER and LISE JOHNSON
Neuroscience educators Eric Chudler and Lise Johnson get right to it, asking and
answering more than one hundred questions about the brain. Questions include:
Can foods make people smarter? Why do we yawn and why are
NEUROSCIENCE & NEUROPSYCHOLOGY
yawns contagious?
Does surfing online kill brain cells?
Why do we dream? What can I do to keep my brain
healthy?
Why cant I tickle myself?
Whether you are interested in serious topics like the history of neuroscience or practical
topics like brain health or fun topics like popular culture, this book is sure to provide
your brain with some piece of information it didnt have before.
THE LITTLE BOOK OF NEUROSCIENCE HAIKU

ERIC H. CHUDLER
Chudler turns his talents towards poetry in this whimsical yet educational book of haiku
poems about the brain. The poems are grouped into three themes: Places (such as the
frontal lobe and the cerebellum); Things (like brain scanners and animals); and People
(including Eric Kandel and other neuroscientists). Each poem is accompanied by an
explanatory footnote, making the book useful and informative for those who wish to
learn more about neuroscientific concepts in a fun, unique, and memorable way.
INFANT RESEARCH & NEUROSCIENCE AT WORK IN

PSYCHOTHERAPY
Expanding the Clinical Repertoire
JUDITH RUSTIN
THE DAO OF NEUROSCIENCE

Combining Eastern and Western Principles for Optimal
Therapeutic Change
C. ALEXANDER SIMPKINS and ANNELLEN M. SIMPKINS
By weaving together Eastern traditions (including Yoga, Buddhism, Zen, and Daoism)
and Western science, new understandings previously not considered emerge. This
book is an insightful introduction to these traditions which sheds new light on the
relationship between the mind and the brain. As we learn the Dao of neuroscience,
we come to understand the brains most optimal ways of functioning and how to
facilitate its natural processes toward health, happiness, and fulfillment.
Contents: Part I: Mind and Brain: the Flowing Interplay 1. The Brain-Mind
Relationship: Dao 2. Modeling the Brain-Mind System 3. From Neurons and
Neurotransmitters to Pathways 4. From Structures to Functions 5. Brain-Mind
Change: Neuroplasticity and Neurogenesis Part II: Redirecting the Flow for
Change 6. The Dao Of Treatment 7. Developing Attention and Perception 8. Facilitating Memory and Learning
9. Fostering the Unconscious 10. Working with the Emotional Brain and Mind 11. Restoring Balance in Biological
Rhythms 12. Connecting Through Mirror Neurons: Other Minds, Social Cognition, and Empathy 13. Implementing
Optimal Brain-Mind Change

See pages 50 and 59 for more books by C. Alexander Simpkins, PhD, and Annellen M. Simpkins, PhD.
NEUROANATOMY FOR STUDENTS OF BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS

RONALD L. GREEN and ROBYN L. OSTRANDER
[A]n excellent summary of the links between brain and behavior. All students interested in behavioral medicine should
master this material as they learn about the disorders of behavior and how to treat them. Michael Gazzaniga, PhD,
Director, Sage Center for the Study of the Mind, University Of California, Santa Barbara
Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Information Flow: Neural Circuits Related To Behavioral Disorders 3. Behavioral State-
Control Neurotransmitters: Dopamine, Serotonin, Norepinephrine, Acetylcholine, and Histamine 4. the Thalamus
5. Anxiety-Disorder Prototypes: Ptsd and Generalized Anxiety Disorder 6. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder 7.
Schizophrenia 8. Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder 9. Addiction Disorders 10. Mood Disorders Appendix: A
Quick Guide Through Neuroanatomy Relevant To Behavioral Pathology Classic Reference Resources
ISBN: 978-0-393-70398-6 2009 300 pages Paperback Over 190 color illustrations $65.00
26
THE ANXIOUS BRAIN
The Neurobiological Basis of Anxiety Disorders and How to
Effectively Treat Them
MARGARET WEHRENBERG and STEVEN M. PRINZ
[H]ighly sophisticated and comprehensive . . . . [T]ransforms complicated neurobiological
and psychopharmacologic material into relevant and straightforward content aimed for
and easily understood by mental health practitioners. . . . [A] much needed resource.
The Family Journal
See pages 9, 39, and 44 for more books by Margaret Wehrenberg.
THE BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE OF THE PSYCHOBIOLOGY

ADOLESCENCE OF GENE EXPRESSION
LINDA SPEAR Neuroscience and Neurogenesis in Hypnosis and
ISBN: 978-0-393-70542-3 2009 411 pages POD $40.00 Healing Arts
ERNEST L. ROSSI
BRAIN IMAGING HANDBOOK ISBN: 978-0-393-70343-6 2002 558 pages Hardcover
J. DOUGLAS BREMNER $47.50
ISBN: 978-0-393-70414-3 2005 97 color/37 b/w images 498
pages Paperback $42.50
THE UNWELL BRAIN

Understanding the Psychobiology of Mental Health
F. SCOTT KRALY
Contents include: How Do Disorders Develop? What Treatments Are Likely To Be Effective? Brain Theories Of
Behavioral Disorders Neuronal Processes Relevant To Psychology and Behavior Discovering the Relation Between
Brain and Behavior Depression and Mania Anxiety Disorders Substance Use Disorders Overeating Bulimia and
Anorexia Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder Schizophrenia

Originally published in hardcover as Brain Science and Psychological Disorders.
INSTANT PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY, Third Edition

Up-to-Date Information about the Most Commonly Prescribed
Psychiatric Medications PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY
RONALD J. DIAMOND
Each chapter is detailed, essentially covering everything you would need
to know about specific medications in each class, their intended use,
contraindications and metabolic actions. These medication-specific chapters are
up-to-date and as inclusive as any I have read in similar books . . . a valuable
resource you should have in your reference library. New England Psychologist
Contents: 1. Rules of the Game 2. Basics of Psychopharmacology 3. Introduction

to Antipsychotics 4. Antipsychotic Medications: Specifics of Use 5. Antidepressant
Medications 6. Mood-Stabilizing Medications 7. Medications Useful for Anxiety
Disorders and Sleep Problems 8. Miscellaneous Medications 9. Medication for
People with Borderline Personality Disorder Appendices: Medication List by Generic
Name, Medication List by Brand Name, Medication List by Class, Medication Costs

See page 35 for Ronald J. Diamonds Treatment Collaboration and page 48 for The Medication Question.
SUCCESSFUL PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY
Evidence-Based Treatment Solutions for Achieving Remission
STEPHEN V. SOBEL
This book teaches mental health professionals how to choose and use psychotropic
medications to address the biological etiology of psychiatric disease and mental
health. It helps readers understand the key aspects of psychotherapy to deal with
psychosocial factors use these medications within the context of the patients life.
Contents: 1. The Goal of Treatment Is Remission 2. The Keys to Successful

Psychopharmacology 3. Antidepressants: Points and Pearls 4. Choosing the Right
Antidepressant 5. Treating Depression 6. Antianxiety Medications: Points and Pearls
7. Treating Anxiety Disorders 8. Treating Eating Disorders 9. Treating Insomnia 10.
Mood Stabilizers: Points and Pearls 11. Treating Bipolar Disorder 12. Antipsychotics:
Points and Pearls 13. Treating Psychosis
27
For Clinicians:
A SPECTRUM APPROACH TO MOOD DISORDERS
Not Fully Bipolar but Not Unipolar-Practical Management
JAMES PHELPS
Is it trauma, or is it bipolar? Borderline? Both? In this book, nationally recognized expert
James Phelps provides an in-depth exploration of the signs, symptoms, and nuanced
PSYCHIATRY & PSYCHOPATHOLOGY
presentations of the mood disorder spectrum, focusing on the broad gray area
between Major Depression and Bipolar I. Combining theoretical understanding and
real-world scenarios, Phelps offers practical treatment guidelines for clinicians to better
understand the subtle ways mood disorders can show up, and how to find the most
beneficial path for treatment based on the patients individual pattern of symptoms.
For Your Clients:

BIPOLAR, NOT SO MUCH
Understanding Your Mood Swings and Depression
CHRIS AIKEN and JAMES PHELPS
Aiken and Phelps highlight the key distinctions that define unipolarity, bipolarity,
hypomania, mania, and depression. This thoughtful and beneficial book can be
recommended to clients to offer skills and strategies, as well as hope, in the face of
debilitating mental challenges.
Selected Contents: Part One: What Type of Depression Do You Have? 1.

Understanding the Mood Spectrum 2. The Down Side: Depression 3. The Up Side:
From Hypomania to Mania, and Everything In-Between 4. The Mixed-Up Side: When
Mania and Depression Collide Part Two: A Healing Lifestyle 11. Managing Insomnia
12. Getting Active 13. Exercise? How About Just Walking 14. Diet 15. Managing
Substances Part Three: Treatment 17. The Right Stuff: How to Find Good Care 18.
Medications: Our Top Choices 22. Anxiety, Concentration, and Sleep: The Other Poles
of Bipolar 23. Natural Healers 24. Knowing When to Stop Medications 25. Live Long and Minimize Side Effects Part
Four: Reclaiming Your Life 28. Relationships 29. Work and School 30. For Friends and Family
ESSENTIAL PSYCHOPATHOLOGY AND ITS TREATMENT, 4th Edition

MARK D. KILGUS, JERROLD S. MAXMEN, and NICHOLAS G. WARD
Keyed to the DSM-5 and ICD-10 classifications, the fourth edition of this
authoritative and best-selling text reflects major changes in nosology, as well as
cutting-edge advances in neuroscience, psychopharmacology, and genetics. This book
has long been considered the leading textbook on modern psychiatric assessment,
diagnosis, and treatment for resident students in psychiatry and related disciplines.
Contents: Section I: Diagnostic Psychopathology 1. Psychopathology 2.

Assessment 3. Diagnosis and Prognosis 4. Etiology 5. Treatment 6. Psychopharmacology
7. Systems-Based Practice 8. Legal, Ethical, and Multicultural Issues 9. Sample Case
History: Sherlock Holmes Section II: Mental Disorders 10. Neurocognitive Disorders
11. Substance-Related Disorders 12. Schizophrenia and Other Thought Disorders 13.
Mood Disorders 14. Anxiety Disorders 15. Obsessive-Compulsive Disorders 16. Trauma
and Stress Disorders 17. Dissociative Disorders 18. Somatoform Disorders 19. Factitious Disorders 20. Eating Disorders
and Elimination Disorders 21. Sleep Disorders 22. Sexual and Gender Identity Disorder 23. Disruptive and Impulse
Control 24. Personality Disorders 25. Neurodevelopmental Disorders
ESSENTIAL PSYCHOPATHOLOGY CASEBOOK

A companion to Maxmens classic text Essential Psychopathology
& Its Treatment
MARK D. KILGUS and WILLIAM S. REA, Editors
Each chapter is consistently organized to answer these central questions concerning
clinical presentation: functional impairment; DSM diagnosis (keyed to DSM-V);
epidemiology; differential diagnosis; etiology and pathogenesis; natural course without
treatment; evidence-based bio-psycho-socio-spiritual treatment options; clinical
course with management and treatment; systems-based practice issues; and legal,
ethical, and cultural challenges. Designed as a clinical companion to the text Essential
Psychopathology and Its Treatment, this books important lessons can also be learned
by reading it as a stand-alone text.
28
MINDFULNESS SKILLS FOR TRAUMA AND PTSD
Practices for Recovery and Resilience
RACHEL GOLDSMITH TUROW
What a valuable and accessible resource this book offers, not only to clinicians
working with trauma survivors, but to trauma survivors themselves. . . . Its one Ill be
sharing with the people I train and the people I treat. Laura S. Brown, PhD, ABPP,
TRAUMA
independent practice, Seattle WA, Past President, APA Division of Trauma Psychology
This book provides user-friendly descriptions of the many facets of traumatic stress alongside
evidence-based strategies to manage trauma symptoms and build new strengths. This book
is a valuable resource for trauma survivors, health professionals, researchers, mindfulness
practitioners, and others seeking new pathways to recovery and resilience.
ATTACHMENT-BASED YOGA & MEDITATION FOR TRAUMA RECOVERY

Simple, Safe, and Effective Practices for Therapy
DEIRDRE FAY
An unprecedented, attachment-informed translation of yogic philosophy to body-based trauma
treatment, emphasizing ready-to-implement skills and approaches that are as groundbreaking
as they are effective. Organized around key trauma issues and symptoms, this book offers
clinicians a practical and far-reaching look at mind-body skills and techniques for helping
trauma clients access their individual wisdom, develop secure internal attachment, and find the
path home to the Self.
TRAUMA-SENSITIVE YOGA IN THERAPY

Bringing the Body into Treatment
DAVID EMERSON, Foreword by JENNIFER WEST
Based on research studies conducted at the renowned Trauma Center in Brookline,
Massachusetts, this book presents the successful intervention known as Trauma-Sensitive
Yoga (TSY), an evidence-based program for traumatized clients that helps them to
reconnect to their bodies in a safe, deliberate way. Unlike traditional, mat-based yoga,
TSY can be practiced without one, in a therapists chair or on a couch. With over 30
photographs depicting the suggested yoga forms and a final chapter that presents a
portfolio of step-by-step yoga practices to use with your clients, this practical book makes
yoga therapy for trauma survivors accessible to all clinicians.
NEUROFEEDBACK IN THE TREATMENT OF DEVELOPMENTAL TRAUMA

Calming the Fear-Driven Brain
SEBERN F. FISHER, Foreword by BESSEL A. VAN DER KOLK, MD
[A] major breakthrough in the treatment of developmental trauma. . . . [A] must-
read for clinicians. Dr. Diane Roberts Stoler, Psychology Today
Sebern F. Fisher explores the complexities of attachment trauma and self-regulation, showing
how neurofeedback traininga therapeutic protocol that teaches the brain to operate at
different, more tranquil frequenciescan transform the circuitry of a brain seized by the fear
and rage of early attachment wounds, and restore calm.
Contents: Foreword by Bessel A. van der Kolk, MD Introduction: Problems & Solutions to
Attachment Trauma Part I: Groundwork 1. Self and No Self in Developmental Trauma 2. The Brain in Developmental
Trauma 3.Neurofeedback: Working with the Traumatized Brain 4. Trauma Identity: Arousal, State, & Trait Part II:
Practice 5. Introducing Neurofeedback to Your Patient 6. Assessment 7. Neurofeedback Protocols for Developmental
Trauma 8. Integrating Neurofeedback & Psychotherapy 9. Three Women: Developing Selves 10. Afterword
TRAUMA AND THE AVOIDANT CLIENT

Attachment-Based Strategies for Healing
ROBERT T. MULLER
This text is invaluable to a range of healthcare practitioners seeking to understand more
deeply how people respond when faced with the challenging prospect of focusing on
their vulnerabilities and I would consider this high-recommended reading for those
training to become counselors and psychotherapists. HCPJ, Healthcare Counseling and
Psychotherapy Journal
Contents: 1. What Do Avoidant Defenses Look Like? 2. Activating the Attachment System
and Challenging the Client 3. Getting Started: Intervention Strategies 4. Facilitation Of
Mourning In Emotional Detachment 5. Building the Therapeutic Relationship 6. Understanding
Countertransference 7. Putting the Treatment Components Together: the Case Of Madeleine 8. Ending Therapy
29
Best-selling author BABETTE ROTHSCHILD, MSW, LCSW, is the editor of the Norton 8 Keys to Mental
Health Series (see pages 44-46), and a member of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS).
She gives lectures and professional trainings around the world. To date, her books have been translated into 13
different languages. Her latest book is The Body Remembers Volume 2 (see page 4).
8 KEYS TO SAFE TRAUMA RECOVERY

TRAUMA
Take-Charge Strategies to Empower Your Healing

BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
This book gives self-help readers, therapy clients, and therapists alike the skills to
understand and implement eight keys to successful trauma healing:
Mindful identification of what is Forgiving yourself for not being
helpful able to stop the trauma
Recognizing survival Understanding and sharing shame
Having the option to not Finding your own recovery pace
remember
Mobilizing your body, and helping
Creating a supportive inner others.
dialogue
This is not another book promoting a new method or type of treatment; rather, it is a necessary adjunct to self-help and
professional recovery programs.
THE BODY REMEMBERS THE BODY REMEMBERS CASEBOOK

The Psychophysiology Unifying Methods
of Trauma and Trauma and Models in the
Treatment Treatment of Trauma
BABETTE ROTHSCHILD and PTSD
Babette Rothschild has BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
produced a masterful book! Based on ideas put forward
This text should be required in the best-selling The
reading for all therapists, Body Remembers, Babette
particularly those engaged in Rothschild emphasizes the
trauma work. Trauma and importance of tailoring every
Loss: Research and Interventions trauma therapy to the particular needs of each individual
client. Each varied and complex case (presented in a
[Rothschild] not only provides a clear window into this
variety of writing styles: case reports, session-by-session
very important subject, but also presents a highly practical
narratives, single session transcripts) is approached
integration of the psychophysiology of trauma and the
with a combination of methods ranging from traditional
ways in which clinicians may assist trauma survivors to
psychodynamic approaches and applications of
resolve the effects of overwhelming experience on mind
attachment theory to innovative trauma methods including
and body.
EMDR and Levines SIBAM model.
Onno van der Hart, PhD, Professor of Clinical
Psychology, Utrecht University, the Netherlands ISBN: 978-0-393-70400-6 2003 240 pages
Paperback $23.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70327-6 2000 224 pages
Hardcover $34.00
TRAUMA ESSENTIALS
HELP FOR THE HELPER The Go-To Guide
The Psychophysiology of BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
Compassion Fatigue and Rothschilds book has excelled
Vicarious Trauma in achieving its goal of being
BABETTE ROTHSCHILD, a sound, readable manual;
WITH MARJORIE RAND seasoned clinicians, clients
[U]seful to practicing just beginning trauma therapy
psychotherapists, social and everyone else in between
workers, nurses, psychiatrists, will find this book helpful and
and especially those in training informative. Psych Central
for these fields. The variety of
Contents include: What is Trauma? What is
skill building exercises offers help for many issues that
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)? Associated
arise during training and practice. Bulletin of the
Conditions How Does Trauma Affect the Body
Menninger Clinic
and the Brain? Who Gets PTSD? Treating PTSD
Babette Rothschild draws on the powerful mind-body Current Methods of Trauma Therapy Psychiatry and
perspective put forward in her highly successful The Body Medication Approaches to PTSD How Will You Know
Remembers in order to help therapists help themselves if a Treatment Works? Common Issues Inherent in
through an understanding of the role the body plays in PTSD Prevention First Aid On-Going Trauma
mental health and overall well-being. Practitioner Vulnerability and Self-Care
ISBN: 978-0-393-70422-8 2006 272 pages

ISBN: 978-0-393-70620-8 2011 154 pages Paperback
Hardcover $35.00
$19.95
30
POST TRAUMATIC SUCCESS
Positive Psychology & Solution-Focused Strategies to Help Clients
Survive & Thrive
FREDRIKE BANNINK
Banninks book will help initiate, develop, and consolidate both established
and fresh ways of working for both new and experienced therapists alike.
TRAUMA
Therapists will learn to generate dedicated occasions for self-reflection in their clients,
engendering positive affects (like hope, self-efficacy, self-esteem, joy, happiness, gratitude,
and love), which are proven by research to foster the intrinsic motivation to change.
INTERGENERATIONAL CYCLES OF TRAUMA AND VIOLENCE

An Attachment and Family Systems Perspective
PAMELA C. ALEXANDER
For clinicians, [this book] is invaluable diagnostically. . . . [L]eaves few if any stones
unturned in regards to what is currently known on this topic. . . . [A] highly detailed
and useful book for anyone interested in conducting research or who would like to expand
their understanding of violence, how it affects relationship dynamics, and how it is reinforced
domestically. Somatic Psychotherapy Today
Topics Include: The parent-child attachment relationship Family context of attachment

relationships Neurobiology and genetics Peer victimization and partner violence Child sexual abuse Special populations
TRAUMA TREATMENT HANDBOOK

Protocols Across the Spectrum
ROBIN SHAPIRO, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
This book gives the therapistnovice or experienceda massive choice of
approaches to apply to a specific traumatized client. Hypnosis Depot
In a single, accessible volume, Robin Shapiro makes sense of all the treatment options
available, explains their advantages and disadvantages, and shows readers how to determine
which treatments are best suited to which clients.
Contents: Part I. Trauma & Dissociation 1. Trauma 2. Dissociation Part II. Getting
Ready 3. Assessment 4. Preparation Part III. Trauma Treatments 5. Mindfulness 6.
Psychodynamic Therapies 7. Exposure Therapies 8. Cognitive Behavior Therapy 9. EMDR 10. Somatic Therapies
11. Hypnotherapy 12. Energy Psychology 13. Brainspotting & Observed Experiential Integration 14. Reenactment
Protocol 15. David Groves Trauma Therapy 16. Neurofeedback 17. Medications Part IV. Therapies for Complex
Trauma 18. the Trauma of Disrupted Attachment 19. Ego State Therapies 20. Structural Dissociation: Phase-
Oriented Treatment Model 21. Treatments for Borderline Personality Disorder Part V. Special Cases in Trauma
Therapy 22. Military 23. Grief and Traumatic Grief 24. Sexual Assault and Sexual Abuse 25. Relational Trauma Part
VI. Self-Care 26. Self-Care for Trauma Therapists
Robin Shapiro is also the author of Easy Ego State Interventions (see page 36) and the editor of
EMDR Solutions I and II (see page 64).
QUICK STEPS TO THE TRAUMA SPECTRUM

RESOLVING TRAUMA Hidden Wounds and
Human Resiliency
BILL OHANLON
ROBERT SCAER, Foreword by
I not only recommend this PETER LEVINE
book, I believe it should
I strongly recommend this
be required reading in all
book as essential reading
therapy programs. It offers
material for professionals
foundational methods and an
and students in all related
easy to understand treatment
areas of mental health and
for trauma. The Milton H.
medicine. The authors skill
in writing, clarity of thought, rich clinical observations,
Noted psychotherapist, author, and speaker, Bill OHanlon systematic conceptualizations of real-life trauma cases,
offers four brief, alternate approaches to resolving trauma, therapeutic expertise, encyclopedic knowledge, and
plus therapeutic protocols for recognizing and encouraging professional integrity shine through all 308 pages of this
post-traumatic growth. In his characteristically inviting writing appealing book. PsycCRITIQUES
style, OHanlon presents examples and dialogue, whimsical
ISBN: 978-0-393-70466-2 2005 308 pages
illustrations, and his classic reader-oriented approach to
Hardcover $35.00
make this book engaging to therapists and consumers alike.
See page 46 for Robert Scaers 8 Keys to Brain-Body
ISBN: 978-0-393-70651-2 2011 144 pages
Balance.
Paperback $15.00
31
HEALING TRAUMA RESOLVING SEXUAL ABUSE
Attachment, Mind, Body, Solution-Focused Therapy and Ericksonian
and Brain Hypnosis for Adult Survivors
MARION F. SOLOMON and YVONNE M. DOLAN
DANIEL J. SIEGEL, Editors ISBN: 978-0-393-70112-8 1999 256 pages POD
The editors, Marion Solomon Paperback $35.00
and Daniel Siegel, are to be Unavailable outside the US.
TRAUMA
congratulated for bringing

together so cohesively some POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDERS IN
of the most powerful voices CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS: HANDBOOK
in the field. . . . Those training RAUL R. SILVA, MD, Editor
or working with victims of trauma and their families will ISBN: 978-0-393-70412-9 2003 384 pgs. Paperback
find this resource indispensable. Howard Steele, PhD, $24.95 See page 62 for full listing.
Director, Attachment Research Unit, University College,
London TRANSFORMING THE PAIN
A Workbook on Vicarious Traumatization
ISBN: 978-0-393-70396-2 2003 368 pages
Hardcover $47.50 KAREN W. SAAKVITNE, LAURIE ANNE PEARLMAN and
the Staff of the TRAUMATIC STRESS INSTITUTE/CENTER
See page 19 for more information. FOR ADULT & ADOLESCENT PSYCHOTHERAPY
This workbook provides tools for self-assessment,
LOSS, TRAUMA, AND
RESILIENCE guidelines, and activities for addressing vicarious
traumatization, and exercises to use with groups of helpers.
Therapeutic Work with
Ambiguous Loss ISBN: 978-0-393-70233-0 1996 160 pages
PAULINE BOSS, Foreword by Paperback POD $25.00
CARLOS SLUZKI
TRAUMA AND THE THERAPIST
In a dominant culture that
Countertransference and Vicarious
denies death and marginalizes
Traumatization in Psychotherapy with Incest
those most closely affected by Survivors
it, the work of Pauline Boss is
LAURIE ANNE PEARLMAN and KAREN W. SAAKVITNE
indeed welcome. . . .
ISBN: 978-0-393-70183-8 1995 464 pages
[D]efies many traditional
Paperback POD $42.50
Western ways of thinking about and responding to loss by
examining it head on and giving voice to the experiences of ADDICTIONS AND TRAUMA RECOVERY
those whom even mental health professionals may be least
Healing the Body, Mind, & Spirit
prepared to assist. . . . [A] worthy contribution. Journal of
DUSTY MILLER and LAURIE GUIDRY
Social Work in End-of-Life & Palliative Care
ISBN: 978-0-393-70368-9 2001 240 pages POD
The authors many years of clinical experience in this area Paperback $25.00
will help to educate and guide clinicians who encounter
the growing number of clients who have experienced HEALING THE DIVIDED SELF
ambiguous loss. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic Clinical and Ericksonian Hypnotherapy for
Dissociative Conditions
ISBN: 978-0-393-70449-5 2006 256 pages
Hardcover $34.00 MAGGIE PHILLIPS and CLAIRE FREDERICK
Rich in case examples, this book provides a step-by-step
HEALING THE INCEST guide for the use of hypnotic techniques in the treatment
WOUND, Second Edition of the entire spectrum of dissociative disorders. The
Adult Survivors in Therapy authors synthesize traditional and Ericksonian styles of
CHRISTINE A. COURTOIS hypnosis in practical methods that work consistently
Courtois has succeeded within their four-stage model of treatment.
in integrating the ISBN: 978-0-393-70184-5 1995 371 pages Paperback
explosion of knowledge $40.00
and expertise developed
over the intervening years
DOES STRESS DAMAGE THE BRAIN?
into a comprehensive Understanding Trauma-Related Disorders from a
Mind-Body Perspective
and authoritative second
edition. APA Division 29 Newsletter J. DOUGLAS BREMNER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70474-7 2005 320 pages
Courtoisa veteran practitioner and an expert in complex
Paperback POD $24.95
traumatic stress disorders resulting from chronic child
abusepresents a comprehensive revision to this classic PSYCHOTHERAPY OF THE BRAIN-INJURED
treatment manual for therapists. Drawing from cutting- PATIENT
edge research on incest and other forms of child abuse, Reclaiming the Shattered Self
she draws attention to their neurological, attachment,
LAURENCE MILLER
affective, and dissociative sequelae.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70158-6 1993 280 pages Hardcover
ISBN: 978-0-393-70547-8 2010 416 pages $29.95
Hardcover $49.95
SEX, LOVE, AND VIOLENCE
RECOLLECTIONS OF SEXUAL ABUSE Strategies for Transformation
Treatment Principles and Guidelines CLO MADANES
CHRISTINE A. COURTOIS ISBN: 978-0-393-70096-1 1990 272 pages
ISBN: 978-0-393-70397-9 2002 448 pages HC $23.95 Paperback $27.50
32
BECOMING A PROFESSIONAL LIFE COACH, Second Edition
Lessons from the Institute of Life Coach Training
PATRICK WILLIAMS and DIANE S. MENENDEZ
This new edition is updated with information on coaching competencies, ethics, somatic
coaching, wellness coaching, and how positive psychology and neuroscience today are
informing the coaching profession and the body of knowledge that makes it such a global
COACHING
and growing profession. It takes readers step-by-step through the coaching process,
covering all the crucial ideas and strategies for being an effective, successful life coach.
One-stop-shopping for beginner and advanced coaches alike.
Contents: Introduction: Life Coaching as an Operating System Part I: Coaching Fundamentals 1. Listening as a
Coach 2. The Language of Coaching 3. Coaching as a Developmental Change Process Part II: Beyond the Basics
4. Empowering the Client 5. Stretching the Client 6. Creating Momentum with the Client 7. Coaching the Whole Client-
Mind, Body, Emotions, Spirit Part III: Coaching from the Inside Out 8. The Power of Purpose 9. Design Your Life
10. What Gets in Your Way? 11. Steering Your Life by True North 12. Walk the Talk 13. Play Full Out 14. How Wealthy
Are You? 15. Mind-Set Is Causative 16. Love Is All We Need Appendix: The Evolution of a Profession References
THE BUSINESS AND THERAPIST AS LIFE COACH, Second Edition

PRACTICE OF COACHING An Introduction for Counselors and Other Helping
Finding Your Niche, Professionals, Revised and Expanded
Making Money, & PATRICK WILLIAMS and DEBORAH C. DAVIS
Attracting Ideal Clients ISBN: 978-0-393-70522-5 2007 240 pages HC $44.50
LYNN GRODZKI and
WENDY ALLEN TOTAL LIFE COACHING
The first text to combine a 50+ Life Lessons, Skills,
coaching approach (step- and Techniques to
Enhance Your Practice...
by-step exercises, direct
and Your Life
suggestions, insiders tips,
PATRICK WILLIAMS and
and motivational plans) with
LLOYD J. THOMAS
solid business information and ideas, to give new and
experienced coaches exactly what they need in order to [G]uides you step-by-step
prosper in the competitive business of coaching. through the complex process
of learning and coaching these
ISBN: 978-0-393-70462-4 2005 320 pages Hardcover
50 important lessons. . . . an
$37.50
interactive experience in which
COACHING PLAIN & SIMPLE you will find recipes for living your life more authentically,
Solution-focused Brief as well as master time-honored lessons that you can bring
Coaching Essentials to your coaching clients. Adolescence
PETER SZAB, DANIEL ISBN: 978-0-393-70434-1 2004 464 pages Hardcover
MEIER, and KIRSTEN PIEROLF $44.95
Topics include: What is THE COACHING STARTER KIT

coaching? Coaching-simple, Everything You Need to
concise and effective Launch and Expand Your
Overview: Major elements of Coaching Practice
the coaching conversation COACHVILLE.COM
Contracting-before you start This is a key resource
Coaching agreement for the first session Preferred whether you are just starting
future Resources and forerunners of solutions out as a coach, expanding a
Small steps and clues of upcoming progress Session psychotherapeutic practice
conclusion Follow-up sessions Brief coaching to include coaching, or are
of executives-three examples Beyond technique- looking for ways to revitalize
continuous learning as a coach an existing coaching practice. Culled from the extensive
resources of CoachVille.com, a leader in the coaching
ISBN: 978-0-393-70593-5 2009 192 pages
field, this book includes over 150 fundamental and
Paperback $18.95
practical forms.
BRIEF COACHING FOR ISBN: 978-0-393-70411-2 2003 368 pages
LASTING SOLUTIONS Paperback $40.00
INSOO KIM BERG and
PETER SZAB
THE ART OF SEX COACHING
Expanding Your Practice
I wholeheartedly recommend
PATTI BRITTON, Foreword by PATRICK WILLIAMS
this book, which in style is
surprisingly free of jargon and Britton shows therapists and counselors how to move
filled with real-life examples their practices fully into sex coaching or simply integrate
and practical wisdoms. sex coaching techniques for encouraging sexual self-
The International Journal of understanding, growth, and pleasure into their existing
Mentoring and Coaching therapeutic work.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70472-3 2005 240 pages Hardcover ISBN: 978-0-393-70451-8 2005 256 pages
$27.50 Hardcover $30.00
33
BUILDING YOUR IDEAL PRIVATE PRACTICE, Second Edition
A Guide for Therapists and Other Healing Professionals
LYNN GRODZKI
I would like to see this as compulsory reading for every graduating professional
in our fieldhelping new clinicians avoid unnecessary confusion, pain, and even financial
loss through the recognition that they are as much business people as they are healing
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
professionals. The Neuropsychotherapist
A best-seller in its genre, now fully revised after its original publication in 2000, this
comprehensive guide comprises a complete, easy to use business plan that shows therapists
what to do and who to be in order to succeed. With six new chapters covering topics from
the encroachment of insurance and managed care in the marketplace to the importance of
online marketing, the second edition is targeted for therapists at all stages of private practice development.
Contents: Part I: Preparation 1. The Blueprint 2. Loving the Business of Therapy 3. Top Ten Business Mantras
for Success 4. Vision and Values 5. Entrepreneurial Mindset 6. Getting a Strong Start Part II: Building Blocks 7.
Protecting Your Practice from Harm 8. The Brand Called You 9. Expanding Your Reach 10. Your Internet Presence 11.
Retaining Todays Clients 12. Why Good Therapists Go Broke Part III: Finishing Touches 13. Solo versus Group
Practice 14. Personal Growth and Coaching 15. Building a Business to Sell 16. Holding Onto Success Appendix
Private Practice Success Pre- and Post-Test Resources
TWELVE MONTHS TO YOUR IDEAL PRIVATE PRACTICE

A Workbook
LYNN GRODZKI
Based on the practice-building program outlined in her popular book Building Your Ideal Private
Practice, this workbook introduces fresh ideas, new exercises, and well-tested strategies which
combine to provide a richly constructed, easy-to-follow business coaching program.
SIMPLE SELF-CARE FOR THERAPISTS

Restorative Practices to Weave Through Your Workday
ASHLEY DAVIS BUSH
If you want to be the best healing professional and human being you can be, this
treasure of a book is an essential companion. Elisha Goldstein, PhD, cofounder of
The Center for Mindful Living
This pocket-size book provides a host of practical self-care strategies that any therapist can
easily implement before and after sessions, and anytime in between: short nuggets of self-
compassion that speak to the mind, body, and spirit of the clinician. The 70 strategies or
tools include a range of thoughtful visualizations and exercises, including tools for a typical
workday, tools for grounding, tools for energizing, and tools for relaxing.
Contents: Part 1: The Foundation 1. Essentials of Self-Care 2. Challenges of Self-Care 3. Occupational Hazards
Part II: The Template 4. Tools for a Typical Workday Part III: The Resources 5. Tools for Grounding 6. Tools for
Energizing 7. Tools for Relaxing Epilogue Suggested Reading
THE THERAPIST IN THE REAL WORLD

What You Never Learn in Graduate School (But Really Need to Know)
JEFFREY A. KOTTLER
With warmth, wisdom, and expertise, Jeffrey A. Kottler offers therapists, counselors, and social
workers illuminating advice on important issues often overlooked during training years, and
also delves into areas in which even the most experienced therapists can continue to hone
their talents and maximize their potential.
Contents: Part I: More Than You Bargained For 1. What You May Not Have Learned
in Graduate School 2. Seismic Shifts in the Practice of Therapy 3. Walking on Water and
Other Unrealistic Expectations 4. Organized Confusion: Making Sense of Change Processes
in Our Clients, Our Profession, and Ourselves 5. Returning to the Basics When It All Starts to Sound Familiar Part
II: Secrets and Neglected Challenges 6. Clients Are Your Best Teachers 7. Relationships Are (Almost) Everything!
8. Honoring and Telling Stories 9. Private Practice and/or Public Service? Part III: Ongoing Personal and
Professional Development 10. Upgrading Your Presentations 11. Writing and Publishing for Pleasure, Purpose, or
Profit 12. Navigating Organizational Politics 13. On Supervision, Mentoring, Mastery, and Creativity
BECOMING A PUBLISHED THERAPIST: A Step-By-Step Guide to Writing Your Book

BILL OHANLON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70810-3 2013 192 pages Paperback w/DVD $19.95
34
THE ART OF THE FIRST SESSION
Making Psychotherapy Count from the Start
ROBERT TAIBBI
Clinicians must build trust, communicate what they have to offer, and ensure that the client
feels differently when they walk out than they did walking in. Packed with case examples,
vignettes, tools, and techniques, this book prepares clinicians with all the critical skills to hit
the ground running in therapy with new clients.
See page 43 for Robert Taibbis Boot Camp Therapy.
PRACTICE-BUILDING 2.0 FOR MENTAL HEALTH TREATMENT COLLABORATION

PROFESSIONALS Improving the Therapist, Prescriber, Client
Strategies for Success in the Digital Age Relationship
TRACY TODD RONALD J. DIAMOND and PATRICIA L. SCHEIFLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70562-1 2009 235 pages ISBN: 978-0-393-70473-0 2007 208 pages Paperback
$29.95
Paperback $29.95
ESSENTIALS OF PRIVATE PRACTICE AT PERSONAL RISK

Boundary Violations in Professional-Client
Streamlining Costs, Procedures, and Policies for
Relationships
Less Stress
HOLLY A. HUNT MARILYN R. PETERSON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70448-8 2005 240 pages ISBN: 978-0-393-71052-6 1992 208 pages
Paperback $19.95 Paperback $30.00
A CLINICAL INTRODUCTION TO FREUD THE ROAD TO CALM WORKBOOK

Techniques for Life-Changing Tools to
PSYCHOTHERAPY
Everyday Practice Stop Runaway Emotions
BRUCE FINK CAROLYN DAITCH and
Having taught Freud to
LISSAH LORBERBAUM
undergraduate and graduate Carolyn Daitch, author of
students alike for twenty years, the award-winning Affect
as well as being a practicing Regulation Toolbox (page 50),
psychoanalyst, Bruce Fink makes her expertise accessible
provides a highly readable to psychotherapy clients
introduction to Freuds work that and anyone suffering from
emphasizes Freuds enduring emotional overwhelm. Written
clinical relevance and usefulness with psychotherapist Lissah Lorberbaum, this workbook is
to practitioners of many a ready-to-use guide to regulating emotional flooding and
persuasions, not just to those who are psychoanalytically finding calm in your daily life. It includes the STOP Solution for
trained. With reference to topics as varied as Star Trek, The calming emotional flooding, daily stress inoculations, guided
Moody Blues, and unicorns, as well as covering expected imagery exercises, opportunities for journaling and reflection,
topics such as repression, symptom formation, and the mindfulness practices, and matching audio exercises on the
unconscious, this book is essential reading for all therapists accompanying CD. A complimentary companion app also
who are open to learning about theories that may help their enhances readers ability to take these exercises on
clients. the go.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71196-7 2017 320 pages ISBN: 978-0-393-70841-7 2016 224 pages
Hardcover $37.50 Paperback w/CD $24.95
See page 41 for Fundamentals of Psychoanalytic

ATTACHMENT DISTURBANCES IN ADULTS
Technique by Bruce Fink.
Treatment for
8 KEYS TO RECOVERY FROM AN EATING Comprehensive Repair
DISORDER WORKBOOK DANIEL P. BROWN and
CAROLYN COSTIN and GWEN DAVID S. ELLIOTT, with
SCHUBERT GRABB contributions by PAULA
ISBN: 978-0-393-71128-8 March 2017 MORGAN-JOHNSON,
288 pages Paperback PAULA SACKS, CAROLINE
$19.95 R. BALTZER, JAMES HICKEY,
See page 44 for the full listing. ANDREA COLE, JAN BLOOM,
and DEIRDRE FAY
This book offers an innovative
therapeutic model and set of methods for treating adult
8 KEYS TO RECOVERY FROM
patients with dismissing, anxious-preoccupied, or disorganized
AN EATING DISORDER
attachment. With rich detail, it integrates historical and leading-
CAROLYN COSTIN and GWEN edge attachment research into practical, effective treatment
SCHUBERT GRABB protocols for each type of insecure attachment. Case
ISBN: 978-0-393-70695-6 2011 296 transcripts and many sample therapist phrasings illustrate how
pages Paperback $19.95 to apply the methods in practice.
See page 44 for the full listing.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71152-3 2016 560 pages
Hardcover $47.50
35
SELF-COMPASSION IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
Mindfulness-Based Practices for Healing and Transformation
TIM DESMOND, Foreword by RICHARD J. DAVIDSON
[A] very practical guide for therapists on why and how to include working with their self-
compassion, and that of their clients, in therapy. . . . I expect that this book will appeal to
a wide range of therapists, including those who already use mindfulness in their practice.
PSYCHOTHERAPY
Private Practice
I heartily recommend it both for clinicians and also as a valuable tool for classroom
use to facilitate discussions for any classes in clinical psychology. Metapsychology
This logically written guide integrates cutting-edge neuroscience with mindfulness and traditional
Buddhist practices to show mental health professionals how they can help clients develop a more
loving, kind, and forgiving attitude toward themselves.
Contents: 1. Self-Compassion: What Is It and Why Is It Useful in Therapy? 2. The Science of Self-Compassion 3. Basic
Clinical Principles 4. Mindfulness of the Body: Techniques for Building Affect Tolerance and Regulation 5. Mindfulness of
Thoughts: Techniques for Building Cognitive Flexibility 6. Unlocking a Clients Natural Compassion 7. Using Compassion to
Heal and Transform Suffering in the Past and Present 8. Working with Stubborn Self-Criticism and Self-Sabotage 9. Treating
Trauma, Addiction, and Psychosis 10. Overcoming Common Clinical Roadblocks 11. Self-Compassion Practices for the
Therapist

See page 10 for Tim Desmonds The Self-Compassion Skills Workbook.
EASY EGO STATE INTERVENTIONS

Strategies for Working with Parts
ROBIN SHAPIRO
Most of us have different aspects, parts, or ego states of ourselves, which manifest as particular
moods, behaviors, and reactions depending on the demands of our external and internal
environments. Ego state therapy refers to a powerful, flexible therapy that helps clients integrate
and reconcile these distinct aspects of themselves. This book offers practical techniques that any
therapist can incorporate in his or her practice to address garden-variety developmental issues like
self-care challenges, grief, anxiety, and differentiation from families and peer groups, as well as to
support clients across the dissociation spectrum, including those who suffer from complex trauma.
Contents: Part I: Getting Started with Ego State Work 1. Defining and Diagnosing Ego
States 2. Foundational Intervention: Accessing Positive States 3. Foundational Intervention: Creating Safe Places and Internal
Caregivers 4. Foundational Intervention: Working with Infant and Child States Part II: Problem-Specific Interventions
5. Trauma 6. Relationship Challenges 7. Personality Disorders 8. Suicidal Clients 9. Cultural, Familial, and Abuse-Related
Introjects
HAKOMI MINDFULNESS-CENTERED SOMATIC PSYCHOTHERAPY

A Comprehensive Guide to Theory and Practice
HALKO WEISS, GREGORY JOHANSON, and LORENA MONDA, Editors
This book is the authoritative text on the history, theory, and methods of Hakomi therapy
today. The authors detail Hakomis unique integration of body psychotherapy, mindfulness,
and the Eastern philosophical principle of non-violence, grounding leading-edge therapeutic
technique in an attentiveness to the whole person and their capacity for transformation.
Contributors include: Richard C. Schwartz Maci Daye Rob Fisher Halko Weiss
Ron Kurtz Marilyn Morgan Greg Johanson T. Flink Sparks Anne Fischer Jon Eisman
Julie Murphy John Perrin Carol Ladas Gaskin David Cole Cedar Barstow Donna Martin
Shai Lavie Jaci Hull Manuela Mischke Reeds Maya Shaw Gale Lorena Monda
Uta Gnter Karen A. Baikie Phil Del Prince
NEURO-PHILOSOPHY AND THE HEALTHY MIND

Learning from the Unwell Brain
GEORG NORTHOFF
[A] game changer. . . . Northoff presents a fascinating model of who we are
and just where we and our emotions exist. It is a model that has important
implications for clinicians. Psych Central
Georg Northoff investigates consciousness through its absence in vegetative states and
examines instances of distorted self-recognition in people with psychiatric disorders like
schizophrenia, in order to understand how the experience of self is established in a
stable brain. The result is a groundbreaking, integrative approach to understanding the self,
consciousness, and what it means to be mentally healthy.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70938-4 2016 256 pages Paperback w/flaps $22.95
36
THE FEELING BRAIN
The Biology and Psychology of Emotions
ELIZABETH JOHNSTON and LEAH OLSON
Delving into the personal yet scholarly study of the neuroscience of emotions, authors Olson and
Johnston consider William James famous question, still unanswered, What is an emotion? The
authors move from a consideration of basic emotions and the early brain areas that have been
associated with them to the more complex social emotions and their involvement of higher brain
PSYCHOTHERAPY
areas, using myriad case examples to illustrate the essential concepts.
Contents: Introduction: What is an Emotion? 1. The Early Work on Defining Emotion: From
William James to Appraisal Theory 2. The Limbic System Version of the Emotional Brain 3. The
Functions of Emotions: Basic Emotional Systems 4. The Neural Substrates of Fear and Anxiety
5. The Role of the Body in Emotions and Decision Making 6. Reward: Liking, Wanting, and Learning 7. Body and Mind: The
Linkage of Interoception and Emotion 8. Emotion & Memory of Memory 9. Feelings-as-Information: How Affect Influences
Thought and Judgment 10. Emotion-Cognition Interactions: Attention, Perception & Neuroeconomics 11. Emotion Regulation
Concluding Comments: What is an Emotion-Now?
THE STOP PROGRAM: FOR WOMEN WHO ABUSE

Group Leaders Manual
THE STOP PROGRAM FOR WOMEN

Handouts and Homework
DAVID B. WEXLER
This is the most innovative and comprehensive manual to address domestic
violence treatment specifically to female offenders, with a program targeted to
engage women in their own healing process. Developed and field-tested for
over twenty-five years among military and civilian populations, the skill-building
program is presented in a 26-week or 52-week psychoeducational format.
The group leaders manual is packed with teaching methods, skills-training exercises, articles,
video clips, and other resources. Accompanying handouts and homework for participants (sold
separately) provide structure for recovery both within the sessions and at home. Packaged as
loose-leaf sheets, they can be added, removed, or rearranged to suit the needs of any leader
administering the program.
Group Leaders Manual: ISBN: 978-0-393-71148-6 2016 240 pages Paperback $32.00
Handouts and Homework: ISBN: 978-0-393-71150-9 2016 128 pages Loose Sheets $12.00
STOP DOMESTIC VIOLENCE, Third Edition

Innovative Skills, Techniques, Options, and Plans for Better
Relationships
DAVID B. WEXLER
This comprehensive instruction manual teaches group leaders how to effectively
and successfully administer David B. Wexlers trusted program. The treatment
integrates cognitive behavioral skills and a client-centered, skill-building
approach that engages the abuser in his own healing process. Accompanied
by worksheets and handouts that are critical to keeping participants actively
engaged in overcoming their abusive tendencies.
Group Leaders Manual: 978-0-393-70870-7 2013 240 pgs. Paperback
$32.00
Handouts and Homework: 978-0-393-70869-1 2013 128 pgs Loose Sheets $12.00
THE THERAPISTS ULTIMATE SOLUTION BOOK

Essential Strategies, Tips & Tools to Empower Your Clients
JUDITH A. BELMONT
This book delivers an array of basic solutions in the form of handouts, worksheets, exercises, quizzes, mini-lessons, and
visualizations-to use with your clients and tailor to fit their needs. No matter your preferred course of therapy-whether its CBT,
DBT, EMDR, or EFT-having at your disposal a variety of easy-to-learn and easy-to-teach techniques for a host of common therapy
issues goes a long way in keeping your clients on track, both during and in between sessions.
WORKING WITH PARENTS OF ANXIOUS CHILDREN

Therapeutic Strategies for Encouraging Communication, Coping & Change
CHRISTOPHER MCCURRY
This book explores the critical parent-child dance at the center of child development and uncovers how therapists can guide
parents in changing their dynamic so anxious outbursts are reduced and a childs confidence and growth are better supported.
Parent management training and parent-child interaction training strategies are also provided.
37
THE THERAPEUTIC AHA!
10 Strategies for Getting Your Clients Unstuck
COURTNEY ARMSTRONG
Drawing on basic neuroscience concepts and showing how they can be put into practice, this
book delivers 10 practical, creative strategies that therapists can use with clients to help spark their
emotional brain and create new neural pathways that engage and advance the healing process.
Its a concise guide to shaking things up in therapy, for both therapist and client.
PSYCHOTHERAPY
Contents: Introduction: Creating Transformative Emotional Experiences Part I: Awakening a

Session 1. The Power of Emotion 2. Engaging the Emotional Brain 3. Enlivening The Therapeutic
Alliance 4. Eliciting Exciting Goals Part II: Healing Emotional Wounds 5. Locating the
Root of an Emotional Pattern 6. Erasing the Negative Impact of Trauma Part III: Activating
Experiential Change 7. Invoking Inspirational Imagery 8. Conjuring Up Outrageous Stories 9. Summoning Quick Humor
and Association Games 10. Rousing Rhythm, Music, and Movement 11. Mastering the Emotional Dance (Therapy as Lived
Experience) Acknowledgments References
RESTORING RESILIENCE
Discovering Your Clients Capacity for Healing
EILEEN RUSSELL, FOREWORDS BY DIANA FOSHA and DANIEL A. HUGHES
Dr. Russells approach and methods are clear and concise, and would benefit anyone who needs
to discover the capacity for rekindling their inner light. Psychology Today
This book lays out the tools and background for any therapist interested in engaging in change-
oriented therapy. The author draws on interpersonal neurobiology and affect regulation research to
accomplish this, as well as a number of theoretical orientations including Accelerated Experiential
Dynamic Psychotherapy, attachment theory, and EMDR. The book concludes with a number of
exercises to help clinicians cultivate their own personal resilience, because a resilient clinician is
better equipped to foster resilience in his or her clients.
VERBAL & NON-VERBAL COMMUNICATION IN PSYCHOTHERAPY

GILL WESTLAND
[A] marvelous and useful book. . . . [S]he is clearly teaching an approach that can turbo
charge psychotherapy. The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
This book brings together insights from a range of psychotherapies for therapists who want
to expand their communication abilities and embrace more effective ways of communicating.
Therapists will learn skills to respond with language to clients nonverbal communication, as well as
mindfulness practices and right brain to right brain communication, enabling therapists to reach
clients when there are no words.
CONTEMPLATIVE PSYCHOTHERAPY ESSENTIALS

Enriching Your Practice with Buddhist Psychology
KAREN KISSEL WEGELA
This book makes the increasingly popular pairing of Buddhist psychology with traditional therapy
accessible for the average clinician. Filled with client vignettes and practical guidance in an
eminently wise, openhearted tone, this book explores the nuances of contemplative therapy
practice, beginning with creating genuine therapeutic relationships and learning how to recognize
brilliant sanitynot only psychopathologyin our clients, and goes on to consider sowing the
seeds of mindfulness, making skillful use of mindlessness practices, investigating emotions,
cultivating compassion, and working with anger.
TRANSFORMING NEGATIVE SELF-TALK

Practical, Effective Exercises
STEVE ANDREAS
MORE TRANSFORMING NEGATIVE SELF-TALK

STEVE ANDREAS
DISCOUNTED TWO-BOOK SET: Transforming Negative Self-Talk and More Transforming Negative Self-Talk
ISBN: 978-0-393-71094-6 2014 Paperbacks $29.95
38
ANXIETY + DEPRESSION
Effective Treatment of the Big Two Co-Occurring Disorders
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
Veteran clinician Margaret Wehrenberg offers up easy-to-use, practical therapy room strategies,
walking readers through the ins and outs of this frequent dual diagnosis.
Contents: 1. Where to Start? 2. Underlying Causes 3. The Low Energy Client 4. The
PSYCHOTHERAPY
HopelessRuminator 5. The Panicky & Depressed Client 6. The Worried & Exhausted Client 7.
The Quiet Avoider 8. The High Energy &Depressed Client 9. The High Anxiety Client 10.What
Not to Overlook Appendix: What You Need to Know About Medication
THE 10 BEST-EVER DEPRESSION MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES

Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Depressed & What You Can
Do to Change It
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
[C]hock full of options, techniques, and information to assist a depressed person in
understanding every aspect of their disorder. . . . Wehrenberg has successfully linked the
world of prescription medications with the world of behavioral psychotherapy so that both are
affirmed and everyone is more informed. . . . [this book] stretches the usual ways of thinking to
include, rather than exclude, helpful options. The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
Contents: Introduction: What You Can Do About Your Depressed Brain 1. How Your Brain
Makes You Depressed 2. Managing the Depressed Brain With Medication 3. Technique 1:
Identify Triggers, Plan New Responses 4. Technique 2: Start Where You Already Are 5. Technique 3: Cool Down Burnout 6.
Technique 4: Mobilize Your Energy 7. Technique 5: End Isolation 8. Technique 6: Balance Your Life 9. Technique 7: Prevent
Destructive Behavior 10. Technique 8: Broaden Your Perspective 11. Technique 9: Increase Flexibility 12. Technique 10:
Learn to Live Fully Appendix A: Worksheets & Information for Readers Appendix B: Worksheets & Scales for Therapists
Readings & Resources
FOCUSING IN CLINICAL PRACTICE

The Essence of Change
ANN WEISER CORNELL
Focusing is a particular process of attention that supports therapeutic change, a process that has
been linked in more than 50 research studies with successful outcomes in psychotherapy.In this
book, Ann Weiser Cornell, a Focusing teacher and trainer for more than 30 years, guides readers
in its facilitation and use with clients: how to help clients get felt senses and nurture them when
they appear, how to work with clients who have difficulty feeling in the body, how to facilitate a felt
shift, how to support clients who experience dysregulating emotional states, how to incorporate
Focusing into any type of therapy work, and much more.
PSYCHOTHERAPY ESSENTIALS TO GO
A series of quick-reference, multimedia guides to key protocols all
therapists need to know.
PAULA RAVITZ and ROBERT MAUNDER, Editors
Rigorously field-tested by on-the-ground clinicians, these practical guidebooks
sold separately or as a setprovide easy-to-use, evidence-based summaries of
five core therapy techniques. Filled with self-test questionnaires, case studies,
diagrams, exercises, and role play transcripts, they are ideal teaching and learning
resources. Accompanying each guide is a DVD featuring an hour-long
video of sample therapy sessions and clinical explications, as well as
a handy practice-reminder card that summarizes key information about the
therapy technique.
Achieving Psychotherapy Effectiveness Dialectical Behavior Therapy for Emotion

ISBN: 978-0-393-70826-4 2015 144 pages Paperback w/DVD Dysregulation
$23.95 ISBN: 978-0-393-70825-7 2013 128 pages Paperback w/DVD
$23.95
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Anxiety
ISBN: 978-0-393-70827-1 2013 128 pages Paperback w/DVD Motivational Interviewing for Concurrent
$23.95 Disorders
ISBN: 978-0-393-70824-0 2013 128 pages Paperback w/DVD
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Depression
$23.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70828-8 2013 128 pages Paperback w/DVD
$23.95 Psychotherapy Essentials To Go Set
Interpersonal Psychotherapy for Depression ISBN: 978-0-393-71078-6 2014 Paperbacks w/DVDs
$23.95
39
WHERE TO START AND WHAT TO ASK
An Assessment Handbook, Enhanced Edition with Audio CDs
SUSAN LUKAS
This indispensable book helps therapeutic neophytes organize their approach to the initial
phase of treatment and navigate even rough clinical waters with competence and assurance.
The enhanced edition is packaged together with two companion CDs filled with lessons and
exercises on the clinical interview. Sit back, relax, and think along with Susan Lukas about the
PSYCHOTHERAPY
many questions that you need to ask about yourself and your client before, during, and after the
interview. Doing so will not only improve your clinical skills but also increase your confidence and
self-awareness as a practitioner.
Contents: 1. How To Conduct the First Interview With An Adult 2. Looking, Listening, and Feeling:
the Mental Status Examination 3. How To Think About Your Clients Health: the Medical History 4. How To Conduct the First
Interview With A Family 5. How To Conduct the First Interview With A Child 6. How To Take A Developmental History 7. How
To Conduct the First Interview With A Couple 8. How To Determine Whether A Client Might Hurt Somebody-Including You 9.
How To Determine Whether A Client Might Hurt Herself 10. How To Determine Whether A Client Is A Substance Abuser 11.
How To Assess Children For Neglect, Abuse, and Sexual Abuse 12. What Psychological Testing Is and When You Might Ask
For It 13. How To Write An Assessment 14. Where You Go From Here
ISBN: 978-0-393-70784-7 2012 200 Pages Paperback w/Two Audio CDs $29.95
Paperback only version: ISBN: 978-0-393-70152-4 1993 192 pages Paperback $21.95
RELATIONAL SUICIDE ASSESSMENT

Risks, Resources, and Possibilities for Safety
DOUGLAS FLEMONS and LEONARD M. GRALNIK,
Foreword by DONALD MEICHENBAUM
[G]ives an account of essential steps that constitute a complete assessment of suicidal
behaviors and provides guidance for the novice clinician starting a career in mental health.
Experienced clinicians may appreciate the authors poignancy, practical suggestions, and
empathic perspective central to improving the care required by suicidal individuals.
The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease
See pages 7 and 50 for more books by Douglas Flemons.
OUT OF THE BLUE

Six Non-Medication Ways to Relieve Depression
BILL OHANLON
Psychotherapist and internationally recognized expert Bill OHanlon gives therapists and their
clients a set of essential strategies for getting unstuck from patterns of depression. Antidepressant
medication doesnt help everyone, and often offers only partial relief. This book introduces a new,
medication-free approach to managing one of the most commonly encountered problems in
psychotherapy, providing simple cognitive solutions for mastering depressions thorniest symptoms.
CHILD TEMPERAMENT
New Thinking About the Boundary Between Traits and Illness
DAVID RETTEW
From depression to ADHD to autism, temperament can play a definite role, but how, and to
what degree? This book provides a synthesized update on what has been learned and how
temperament affects the development of mental illness.
Contents: Part I: Temperament and Its Links With Psychiatric Illness 1. A Brief History 2.
the Basics of Child Temperament 3. Features of Temperament 4. Neurobiology: the Brains
Behind Temperament 5. Temperament and Psychopathology 6. Spectrums, Risk Factors, and
Scars Part II: Applications 7. Clinical Settings 8. Temperament and Parenting, Part I 9.
Temperament and Parenting, Part II 10. Temperament in Educational Settings 11. Medications
Credits References Index
THE HEALING POWER OF WRITING

A Therapists Guide to Using Journaling with Clients
SUSAN BORKIN
Topics include: Journaling and the Clinical Process Keeping Track / A.T.T.E.N.D.D. W.R.I.T.E.
to Change Beliefs Adjustment Disorders and Stress Anxiety Disorders Depression and Mood
Disorders Grief and Mourning Low Self-Esteem Distressed Couples and Families Cravings
and Addictions Disordered Eating Trauma and PTSD Journaling Road Blocks and Building
Blocks Helping Our Clients, Helping Ourselves
40
CHANGE
Principles of Problem Formation and Problem Resolution
PAUL WATZLAWICK, JOHN WEAKLAND, and RICHARD FISCH, Foreword by MILTON H.
ERICKSON, Preface to the paperback edition by BILL OHANLON
This classic book deals with the age-old questions of persistence and change. It asks how problems
arise and are perpetuated in some instances, but in other instances are resolved. It examines how,
paradoxically, common sense and logical approaches often fail, while seemingly illogical and
PSYCHOTHERAPY
unreasonable actions succeed in producing the desired change. The book incorporates ideas
about human communication, marital and family therapy, and the therapeutic effects of paradoxes
and of action-oriented techniques of problem resolution. It is an outgrowth of the authors work at
the Brief Therapy Center of the Mental Research Institute.
PRAGMATICS OF HUMAN COMMUNICATION

A Study of Interactional Patterns, Pathologies, and Paradoxes
PAUL WATZLAWICK, JANET BEAVIN BAVELAS, and
DON D. JACKSON
One of the best books ever about human communication, this book has formed the foundation
of much research into interpersonal communication. The authors identify simple properties or
axioms of human communication and demonstrate how all communications are a function of their
contexts. Topics covered in this wide-ranging book include: the origins of communication; the idea
that all behavior is communication; metacommunication; the properties of an open system; the
family as a system of communication; the nature of paradox in psychotherapy; existentialism and
human communication.
ANXIETY DISORDERS
The Go-To Guide for Clients and Therapists
CAROLYN DAITCH
Topics include: Genes, Perinatal and Early Childhood Experience, and Attachment Interventions
Commonly used: Cognitive Therapy, Hypnosis, Mindfulness-Based Modalities Relaxation
Techniques to Combat Generalized Anxiety Disorder, Panic Disorder, Specific Phobias, Social
Anxiety Disorder, and Obsessive Compulsive Disorder Vivid Clinical Case Examples Recovery
Stories of the Clients Described in the Book Adjunctive Approaches: Medications and Herbal or
Neutraceutical Approaces, Diet and Exercise, and At-Home Practice, Outside of the Therapy Room
FUNDAMENTALS OF PSYCHOANALYTIC ASSESSING ADULT ATTACHMENT

TECHNIQUE A Dynamic-Maturational Approach to Discourse
A Lacanian Approach for Practitioners Analysis
BRUCE FINK PATRICIA McKINSEY CRITTENDEN and ANDREA LANDINI
Unlike any other writer on Lacan to date, Fink illustrates his This book describes a method for identifying the psychological
Lacanian approach to listening, questioning, punctuating, and and interpersonal self-protective attachment strategies of adults
interpreting with dozens of actual clinical examples. He clearly by applying discourse analysis to semi-structured interviews.
outlines the fundamentals of working with dreams, daydreams, Analyzing methods such as the Adult Attachment Interview
and fantasies, discussing the numerous anxiety dreams, and the Parents Interview, Crittenden and Landini present the
nightmares, and fantasies told to him by his own patients. Dynamic-Maturational Model of Attachment and Adaptation.
By examining transference and countertransference in detail Whether used as a guide to treatment formulation or a basis
through the use of clinical vignettes, Fink lays out the major for gathering empirical data, Assessing Adult Attachment is a
differences between mainstream psychoanalytic practice and must for clinicians and researchers alike.
Lacanian practice. Designed for a wide range of practitioners ISBN: 978-0-393-70667-3 2011 440 pages Hardcover
and requiring no previous knowledge of Lacans work, this $42.50
primer is accessible to therapists of many different persuasions.
ISBN 978-0-393-70725-0 2011 320 pages Paperback
BRAIN CHANGE THERAPY
$26.00 Clinical Interventions for Self-Transformation
CAROL J. KERSHAW AND J. WILLIAM WADE
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY FOR Drawing on principles from neuroscience, hypnosis,
PSYCHOTHERAPISTS biofeedback, object relations therapy, and cognitive therapy,
Connecting Body & Soul Kershaw and Wade teach therapists how to use state
KATHRIN A. STAUFFER change to stimulate positive emotional patterns and
Beginning with a discussion of the basic building blocks of the behavioral alterations in their clients, helping them reach stable
body, cells and molecules, Stauffer works through the body neurological and emotional states and thus shift perspectives,
system by system, showing through clinical case examples that attitudes, beliefs, and personal narratives toward the positive.
an understanding of each system can greatly enhance the art ISBN: 978-0-393-70586-7 2011 368 pages Hardcover
of psychotherapy. $37.50
ISBN: 978-0-393-70604-8 2010 288 pages Paperback
$32.50
41
THE MAKING OF A CHARACTER STYLES
THERAPIST STEPHEN M. JOHNSON
A Practical Guide for the Johnson shows how basic
Inner Journey life issues underlie the severe
LOUIS COZOLINO pathology of personality disorder,
Refreshingly direct and clear, the nagging symptoms of
with bullet points regularly neurosis, and the more functional
PSYCHOTHERAPY
summing up main points to be coping and adaptation of the

used as practical aids or spurs character styles. Johnsons
to reflection, Cozolinos words dimensional model captures
will be reassuring and helpful the complexity of the human
to therapists at the beginning of personality while allowing for
their journey, and an enjoyable, sometimes thought-provoking variability not seen in categorical systems such as DSM-IV. His
companion to those already practicing. Counseling Resource descriptive names of the character styles not only link childhood
ISBN: 978-0-393-70424-2 2004 288 pages HC $29.00 experiences to later personality and psychopathology, but also
put flesh and bones on psychiatric diagnosis.
See page 14 for more books by Louis Cozolino.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70171-5 1994 336 pages HC $38.50
ADULT CHILDREN OF PARENTAL ALIENATION
SYNDROME SANDPLAY THERAPY
Breaking the Ties that Bind A Step-by-Step Manual
for Psychotherapists of
AMY J. L. BAKER
Diverse Orientations
Dr. Baker . . . has put PAS on the map as a significant
BARBARA LABOVITZ BOIK
form of emotional abuse afflicting adults long after
AND E. ANNA GOODWIN
they leave their childhood years behind. This is a book
Sandplay allows clients to use
worth reading, assigning to students, and keeping
nonverbal communication
as a reference. S. Richard Sauber, PhD, coauthor of
to express their internal and
International Handbook of Parental Alienation Syndrome
external worlds. For therapists
[W]ill become a classic . . . . it is a milestone in the field. interested in exploring the ways
Jayne A. Major, PhD, Stop Parental Alienation of Children (SPAC) that sandplay facilitates growth
Parental alienation syndrome (PAS) occurs when one parent, and healing, this practical handbook will be an invaluable
often in response to divorce or separation, successfully resource.
manipulates a child into turning against the other parent. ISBN: 978-0-393-70319-1 2000 256 pages HC $40.00
In this groundbreaking book, Baker describes the long-term
impact of PAS, and offers therapists and consumers practical INTEGRATED TREATMENT OF EATING DISORDERS
advice for treating it. Beyond the Body Betrayed
ISBN: 978-0-393-70519-5 2007 304 pages HC $37.50 KATHRYN J. ZERBE
Highly recommended for clinicians from all
MEN IN THERAPY backgrounds and can also serve as a valuable source
New Approaches for of information for patients and family members. If a
Effective Treatment clinician or trainee wanted to find a single source for
DAVID B. WEXLER eating disorder education at multiple levels, this would
Therapists are offered a number be the text to recommend. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry
of methods for countering mens ISBN: 978-0-393-70442-6 2008 288 pages HC $35.00
general reluctance to open up
emotionally or fully engage in WHAT EVERY THERAPIST NEEDS TO KNOW
therapy. Individual chapters are ABOUT TREATING EATING AND WEIGHT ISSUES
devoted to the treatment of men KAREN R. KOENIG
in relationships, men suffering
[A]n invaluable resource for the practitioner who is not a
from depression, fathers, men
specialist in nutrition, anorexia, or behavioral neuroscience, but
who abuse women, and men of color. In each case, Wexler
needs a better understanding of the food and weight issues
provides an informative overview of the issues unique to
so often linked to the life problems and clinical diagnoses
each group, sound advice, and commonsense methods for
they are asked to treat. Written in a lively, accessible style, this
treating each of these groups effectively, nonjudgmentally,
terrific book belongs on every clinicians desk! Emily Fox-
and professionally.
Kales, PhD, Department of Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School
ISBN: 978-0-393-70572-0 2010 312 pages HC $32.00
ISBN: 978-0-393-70558-4 2008 256 pages Pbk $25.00
See pages 37 and 63 for more books by David B. Wexler.
CLINICAL PEARLS OF WISDOM
POSITIVE AGING
21 Leading Therapists Offer Their Key Insights
A Guide for Mental Health Professionals and
Consumers MICHAEL KERMAN, Editor
ROBERT D. HILL Contributors include: Pat Ogden, Bill OHanlon, and Michael
Stone on Depression Dusty Miller, Diana Fosha, and Babette
By combining a novel approach to human aging in the
Rothschild on Trauma Reid Wilson and Margaret Wehrenberg
contemporary world with specific suggestions and ideas to
on Anxiety Kenneth Doka, Robert Neimeyer, and Sameet
optimize that process, this book promises to help all of us
Kumar on Grief Sue Johnson, Carolyn Daitch, and Evan Imber-
cope with the vicissitudes of growing older to continue to get
Black on Working with Couples Dan Hughes, Lenore Terr,
the most out of living.
and Aureen Wagner on Working with Children Janet Edgette,
ISBN: 978-0-393-70453-2 2006 256 pages HC $27.95
Martha Straus, and David Wexler on Working with Adolescents
David Wallin on the Therapists Attachment Patterns
SEVEN STRATEGIES FOR POSITIVE AGING
ISBN: 978-0-393-70587-4 2010 304 pages Paperback POD
ROBERT D. HILL
$25.95
A practical companion to Robert Hills Positive Aging, this book
explains how anyone can adopt and develop positive aging skills.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70523-2 2008 288 pages Pbk $19.95
42
EVIDENCE-BASED MENTAL EGO STATES
HEALTH PRACTICE Theory and Therapy
A Textbook JOHN G. WATKINS and
ROBERT E. DRAKE, HELEN H. WATKINS
MATTHEW R. MERRENS, and Ego states are the parts of our
DAVID W. LYNDE, EDITORS personality that cause us to act
[P]rovides an excellent blueprint in different ways in different
PSYCHOTHERAPY
for practitioners, clinical leaders, situations. With clear language
administrators, and students and case extracts, the recognized
about the implementation originators of ego state therapy
of evidence-based practices explain this fascinating theory
(EBP). It is organized in a logical, accessible manner and is an and how to put it into practice.
excellent compilation of contributions from leaders in the field ISBN: 978-0-393-70259-0 1997 256 pages Pbk $35.00
of mental health. Smith College Studies in Social Work
ISBN: 978-0-393-70443-3 2005 496 pages Pbk $50.00
Also available:
THE HEAT OF THE MOMENT IN TREATMENT: Mindful Management THE INTIMATE EDGE: Extending the Reach of Psychoanalytic
of Difficult Clients Interaction
MITCH ABBLETT DARLENE BREGMAN EHRENBERG
ISBN: 978-0-393-70831-8 2013 368 pages Pbk $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-393-70140-1 1992 224 pgs Hardcover POD
$25.95
BODY PSYCHOTHERAPY: History, Concepts, and Methods
MICHAEL HELLER, Translated by MARCEL DUCLOS HUMANIZING THE NARCISSISTIC STYLE
ISBN: 978-0-393-70669-7 2012 842 pages HC $68.95 STEPHEN M. JOHNSON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70037-4 1987 304 pgs HC POD $35.00
CHANGE IN PSYCHOTHERAPY: A Unifying Paradigm
THE BOSTON CHANGE PROCESS STUDY GROUP CHARACTEROLOGICAL TRANSFORMATION: The Hard Work Miracle
ISBN: 978-0-393-70599-7 2010 240 pgs POD HC $35.00 STEPHEN M. JOHNSON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70001-5 1985 320 pgs Pbk POD $40.00
NOT ON SPEAKING TERMS: Clinical Strategies to Resolve Family and
Friendship Cutoffs THEATERS OF THE BODY: A Psychoanalytic Approach to
ELENA LE SSER BRUUN and SUZANNE MICHAEL Psychosomatic Illness
ISBN: 978-0-393-70704-5 2014 288 pages HC $34.95 JOYCE McDOUGALL
ISBN: 978-0-393-70082-4 1989 195 pgs Pbk POD $22.95
BOOT CAMP THERAPY: Brief, Action-Oriented Clinical Approaches to
Anxiety, Anger, & Depression LEARNING PSYCHOTHERAPY, 2nd Ed: A Time-Efficient, Research-
ROBERT TAIBBI Based, and Outcome-Measured Psychotherapy Training Program
ISBN: 978-0-393-70823-3 2013 208 pages HC $24.95 BERNARD D. BEITMAN and DONGMEI YUE
ISBN: 978-0-393-70446-4 2004 416 pgs Pbk POD $40.00
THE ALZHEIMERS FAMILY: Helping Caregivers Cope
ROBERT B. SANTULLI DEPRESSION IN CONTEXT: Strategies for Guided Action
ISBN: 978-0-393-70577-5 2011 250 pages HC $29.95 CHRISTOPHER R. MARTELL, MICHAEL E. ADDIS, and NEIL S. JACOBSON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70350-4 2002 224 pgs Pbk POD $40.00
ASPERGER SYNDROME IN ADULTHOOD: A Comprehensive Guide
for Clinicians ACTIVE TREATMENT OF DEPRESSION
KEVIN STODDART, LILLIAN BURKE, and ROBERT KING RICHARD OCONNOR
ISBN: 978-0-393-70550-8 2012 352 pages HC $32.00 ISBN: 978-0-393-70322-1 2002 272 pgs HC POD $35.00
TREATMENT RESISTANCE AND PATIENT AUTHORITY: The Austen ESCAPE FROM BABEL: Toward a Unifying Language for Psychotherapy
Riggs Reader Practice
ERIC M. PLAKUN, Editor, Foreword by OTTO F. KERNBERG SCOTT MILLER, BARRY DUNCAN, and MARK HUBBLE
ISBN: 978-0-393-70661-1 2011 320 pages HC $35.00 ISBN: 978-0-393-70219-4 1997 256 pgs HC $32.00
THERAPY WITH OLDER CLIENTS: Key Strategies for Success PSYCHOTHERAPY WITH IMPOSSIBLE CASES: The Efficient
MARC AGRONIN Treatment of Therapy Veterans
ISBN: 978-0-393-70583-6 2010 322 pgs HC $27.50 BARRY DUNCAN, MARK HUBBLE, and SCOTT MILLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70246-0 1997 256 pgs Pbk $40.00
TALKING TO FAMILIES ABOUT MENTAL ILLNESS: What Clinicians
Need to Know THE MANY FACES OF EROS: A Psychoanalytic Exploration of Human
IGOR GALYNKER Sexuality
ISBN: 978-0-393-70600-0 2010 290 pgs HC $32.95 JOYCE MCDOUGALL
ISBN: 978-0-393-70215-6 1995 288 pgs HC $30.00
ZEN AND PSYCHOTHERAPY: Partners in Liberation
JOSEPH BOBROW COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH: A Practical Guide
ISBN: 978-0-393-70579-9 2010 256 pgs HC $27.50 LOREN R. MOSHER and LORENZO BURTI
ISBN: 978-0-393-70165-4 1994 218 pgs Pbk $20.00
A THERAPISTS GUIDE TO UNDERSTANDING COMMON MEDICAL
PROBLEMS: Assessing a Clients Mental and Physical Health OBJECT RELATIONS THERAPY: Using the Relationship
ANDREW KOLBASOVSKY SHELDON CASHDAN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70535-5 2008 368 pgs HC $35.00 ISBN: 978-0-393-70059-6 1988 214 pgs Pbk POD $30.00
IMPULSE CONTROL DISORDERS: A Clinicians Guide to THE MYSTERY OF GOODNESS AND THE POSITIVE MORAL
Understanding and Treating Behavioral Addictions CONSEQUENCES OF PSYCHOTHERAPY
JON E. GRANT MARY NICHOLAS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70521-8 2008 288 pgs HC $26.95 ISBN: 978-0-393-70166-1 1994 256 pgs HC $30.00
THE NEW HANDBOOK OF COGNITIVE THERAPY TECHNIQUES GENDER LOVING CARE: A Guide to Counseling Gender-Variant Clients
RIAN E. MCMULLIN RANDI ETTNER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70313-9 1999 496 pgs HC $45.00 ISBN: 978-0-393-70304-7 1999 196 pgs Pbk POD $27.95
COGNITIVE GRIEF THERAPY: Constructing a Rational Meaning to Life THE KOHUT SEMINARS: On Self Psychology and Psychotherapy with
Following Loss Adolescents and Young Adults
RUTH MALKINSON MIRIAM ELSON, Editor
ISBN: 978-0-393-70439-6 2007 256 pages Pbk POD $35.00 ISBN: 978-0-393-70641-3 1987 336 pgs Pbk POD $22.95
COGNITIVE THERAPY IN PRACTICE: A Case Formulation Approach THE COURAGE TO LOVE: Principles and Practices of Self-Relations
JACQUELINE B. PERSONS Psychotherapy
ISBN: 978-0-393-70077-0 1989 240 pgs Pbk POD $29.00 STEPHEN GILLIGAN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70247-7 1997 240 pgs Pbk POD $35.00
COGNITIVE THERAPY: A Practical Guide
DEAN SCHUYLER THERAPEUTIC CONVERSATIONS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70432-7 2003 224 pgs Pbk $19.95 STEPHEN GILLIGAN and REESE E. PRICE, Editors
Originally published in HC as A Practical Guide to Cognitive Therapy. ISBN: 978-0-393-70590-4 1993 384 pgs Pbk POD $24.95
43
THE 10 BEST ANXIETY BUSTERS
Simple Strategies to Take Control of Your Worry
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
Wehrenbergs tools are backed by neuropsychological researchand they can help not
just our clients, but ourselves. Psych Central
In 10 simple techniques, this pocket-sized, anxiety-busting guide boils down the most effective
remedies to worry and anxiety, whether chronic or in-the-moment. From breathing exercises and
SELF-HELP & PARENTING
relaxation practices to thought-stopping techniques, worry containment, effective self-talk, and

strategies that put an end to catastrophizing once and for all, its your go-to guide when anxiety
levels begin to boil. Throw it in your carry-on, stow it in your briefcase, or keep it in your desk when
you need a quick reminder of some easy techniques that can turn your anxiety from overpowering
to manageable in no time.
Contents: A Worried Mind, and Body Too: What Kind of Anxiety Do You Have? Anxiety Buster #1: Avoid CATS
(Not the Furry Ones) Anxiety Buster #2: Breathe Anxiety Buster #3: Use Mindfulness with Shifting Awareness
Anxiety Buster #4: Just Relax! No, Really, Just relax . . . Anxiety Buster #5: Dont Make Mountains Out of Molehills
Anxiety Buster #6: Stop and Swap Anxiety Buster #7: Contain Your Worry Anxiety Buster #8: Think Something
Different, Do Something Different Anxiety Buster #9: Control TMA (Too Much Activity) Anxiety Buster #10: Plan
and Practice A Final Word: Quick Tips to Help You Handle Common Stressful Situations
THE 10 BEST-EVER ANXIETY MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES,

Second Edition
Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Anxious & What You Can
Do to Change It
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
THE 10 BEST-EVER ANXIETY MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES WORKBOOK, Second Ed.

MARGARET WEHRENBERG
ISBN: 978-0-393-71216-2 2012 240 pages Paperback w/audio CD $19.95
THE 10 BEST-EVER DEPRESSION MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES, Second Ed.

Understanding How Your Brain Makes You Depressed & What You Can
Do to Change It
MARGARET WEHRENBERG
See pages 9 and 39 for full 10-Best Ever listings.
THE 8 KEYS TO MENTAL HEALTH SERIES, edited by Babette Rothschild, provides readers with brief,
high-quality, strategy-filled self-help books on a variety of topics in mental health. Filled with exercises and practical
strategies, these books empower readers to help themselves.
8 KEYS TO RECOVERY FROM AN EATING DISORDER WORKBOOK

CAROLYN COSTIN and GWEN SCHUBERT GRABB
8 Keys to Recovery from an Eating Disorder was lauded as a brave and hopeful book as well
as remarkably readable. Now, the authors have returned with a companion workbookoffering
all new assignments, strategies, and personal reflections to help those who suffer from an
eating disorder heal their relationship to food and their bodies. Filled with tried and true practical
exercises, goal sheets, food journal forms, clinical anecdotes and stories, readers are guided in
exploring their thoughts, feelings, and coping strategies while being encouraged to choose how
they want to approach the material.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71128-8 March 2017 288 pages Paperback $19.95
8 KEYS TO RECOVERY FROM AN EATING DISORDER

Effective Strategies from Therapeutic Practice and Personal Experience
CAROLYN COSTIN and GWEN SCHUBERT GRABB, Foreword by BABETTE
ROTHSCHILD
Interweaving personal narrative with the perspective of their own therapist-client relationship, the
authors bring an unparalleled depth of awareness into just what it takes to successfully beat this
challenging and seemingly intractable clinical issue. With great compassion and clinical expertise,
Costin and Grabb walk readers through the ins and outs of the recovery process, describing what
therapy entails, clarifying the common associated emotions such as fear, guilt, and shame, and,
most of all, providing motivation to seek help if you have been discouraged, resistant, or afraid.
DISCOUNTED TWO-BOOK SET: 8 Keys to Recovery from an Eating Disorder Workbook & Tweens and 8 Keys to
Recovery from an Eating Disorder ISBN: 978-0-393-71277-3 Paperback $34.00
44
THE 8 KEYS TO END BULLYING ACTIVITY PROGRAM FOR KIDS
& TWEENS
Putting the Keys Into Action at Home & School
SIGNE WHITSON
Available individually or as a set.
The 8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Book for Kids & Tweens

Companion Guide for Parents & Educators
See page 60 for a full description.
DISCOUNTED TWO-BOOK SET: The 8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Program for Kids & Tweens and Companion
Guide for Parents & Educators ISBN: 978-0-393-71212-4 Paperback $36.00
8 KEYS TO END BULLYING

Strategies for Parents & Schools
SIGNE WHITSON, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
Signe Whitson equips readers with practical strategies to tackle bullying head-on. Readers can
learn and implement all sorts of quick and easy techniques that can make a huge difference in
the lives of kidsfrom establishing meaningful connections with kids, to creating a positive school
climate, addressing cyberbullying, building social emotional competence, reaching out to bullies,
empowering bystanders, and so much more.
8 KEYS TO MENTAL HEALTH THROUGH EXERCISE

CHRISTINA HIBBERT, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
The 8 Keys book series provides clear, concise, empirically supported evidence for anyone from
beginners to experts; [this book] is certainly no exception to this mantra. . . . Dr. Hibbert synthesizes
a large body of research into a captivating argument for how and why exercise serves as an
immensely powerful mechanism for improving mental well-being. Somatic Psychotherapy Today
Routine exercise alleviates stress and anxiety, moderates depression, relieves chronic pain, and
improves self-esteem. Christina Hibbert offers readers step-by-step strategies for maintaining a
physically and emotionally healthy exercise regimen. Whether you have worked out periodically in
the past, or have never hit the gym, this book will help you get moving, stay moving, and maintain
the inspiration you need to reap the mental health benefits of regular exercise.
8 KEYS TO PARENTING CHILDREN WITH ADHD

CINDY GOLDRICH, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
Children with ADHD can learn practice, communication, and solution-seeking skills to become more
confident, independent, and capable. This book, rich with optimism, tips, and action plans, offers science-
based insights and systems for parents to help cultivate these skills. Combining expert information with
practical, sensitive advice, the 8 keys here will help parents reduce chaos, improve cooperation, and
nurture the advantages-like creativity and drive-that often accompany all of that energy.
8 KEYS TO RAISING THE QUIRKY CHILD

How to Help a Kid Who Doesnt (Quite) Fit In
MARK BOWERS, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
[D]eeply insightful and refreshingly practical. . . . Frustrated parents who believe their child
is well-described by the quirky profile will find Bowers attitude supportive, his psychological
explanations of their childs motivations satisfying, and his specific strategies for helping these kids
accept breadth of experience and build social competency usable and encouraging.
Publishers Weekly
8 KEYS TO FORGIVENESS
ROBERT ENRIGHT, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
This book has the potential to enrich and improve more lives than any psychology book
in decades. Dont give up on forgiveness in your life until you read this book and try its proven
strategies. Frank Farley, PhD, Former President, American Psychological Association (APA)
How can we identify the source of our pain and inner turmoil? How can we find meaning in what
we have suffered, or learn to forgive ourselves? What can we do when forgiveness feels like a
particularly tall order? All these questions and more are answered in this practical book, leading us
to become more tolerant, compassionate, and hopeful human beings.
45
8 KEYS TO OLD SCHOOL PARENTING FOR MODERN-DAY FAMILIES
MICHAEL MASCOLO, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
As an academic psychologist, a parent, and a consumer of trade press books on parenting, I found
Mascolos text timely and insightful, and I am happy to have it on my shelf. . . . [T]he author has
distilled highly regarded contemporary parenting theory and research and tied them to
clear examples that most any reader could follow.PsycCRITIQUES
The 8 keys presented in this book will help parents raise self-directed children who are active
learners, feel good about themselves, take initiative, and have a strong moral compass.
8 KEYS TO ELIMINATING PASSIVE-AGGRESSIVENESS

ANDREA BRANDT, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
General readers will gain intimate knowledge of their own behavior and suggestions for eliminating
passive-aggressiveness. Likewise, practicing psychotherapists will be exposed to relevant
exercises that can immediately incorporated in the clinical setting. International Journal
of Psychotherapy
The book offers effective methods for transforming passive-aggression into healthy assertiveness,
featuring hands-on exercises that enable readers to better understand their behavior.
See page 48 for Andrea Brandts Mindful Anger.
8 KEYS TO BRAIN-BODY BALANCE

ROBERT SCAER, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
Robert Scaer outlines the core neurobiological concepts underlying the brainbody interface and
explains how and why both physical and emotional symptoms of stress and trauma occur. He also
offers practical, easy-to-implement strategies for strengthening motor skills, learning to listen to
our gut to gauge our feelings, attuning to the present, and restoring personal boundaries to relieve
symptoms and navigate a path to recovery.
See page 31 for Robert Scaers The Trauma Spectrum.
8 KEYS TO PRACTICING MINDFULNESS

Practical Strategies for Emotional Health and Well-Being
MANUELA MISCHKE REEDS, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
This stands out as firmly anchored to clinical practice as well as being illuminated
by the helpful use of anecdotes that dont overwhelm the reader here for practical
direction. Booklist
The 8 keys include: Meet the Present Moment; Start Where You Are; Slow Down; Befriend Your
Body; Trust Your Sensations, Trust Your Emotions; Ride Through Tough Times; Cultivate Inner Calm;
and Choose Abundance.
8 KEYS TO STRESS MANAGEMENT

ELIZABETH ANNE SCOTT, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
[W]ritten in an easy how-to format that provides excellent resources for the average person in
managing stress. . . . [A]lso an excellent tool for counselors in both individual and group
counseling sessions. . . . [P]rovides excellent references and a useful index for researching
specific topics. . . . I highly recommend the book. Activities, Adaptation, and Aging
ISBN: 978-0-393-70809-7 2013 192 Pages Paperback $19.95
8 KEYS TO BUILDING YOUR BEST RELATIONSHIPS

DANIEL A. HUGHES, Foreword by BABETTE ROTHSCHILD
[A] self-help book useful not just for those who are having problems in their primary relationships
but who would like a better understanding of themselves or an up-to-date account of the
usefulness of attachment theory written in a clear and authoritative manner. Psychologist (UK)
Veteran therapist and specialist in attachment disorders Daniel Hughes skillfully reveals how we can
becomes better friends, spouses, siblings, and children. For anyone interested in how to develop
meaningful new relationships, or how to deepen and enrich their current ones, this book will make
sense of it all.
See pages 21, 24, and 54 for more books by Daniel A. Hughes.
46
MINDFUL COLORING
Calming the Mind Through Art
DIANA ELISABETH DUBE, Introduction by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
[W]hat I really love about this book is the variety. . . . Mindful Coloring has the greatest
assortment of drawings in any book that I have seen so far, and as such, I would highly
recommend it. . . . [T]here is clearly something for everyone here. Metapsychology

Coloring is not only calming and rejuvenating but also therapeutic. An introduction by New
York Times best-selling author Daniel J. Siegel, Clinical Professor of Psychiatry at the best UCLA
School of Medicine, sets the stage for understanding the mental and emotional benefits of
coloring. Hand-drawn by expert illustrator and teacher Diana Elisabeth Dube, the artworks in this book are both representative
and abstract. Each page offers a unique opportunity for self-expression and reaching a peaceful state of mindful awareness.
Readers will find everything from sunsets, gentle rain, and other images from nature to abstract patterns specially designed to
help them color away their stress, reflect on their day, and emerge with a healthier sense of self.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71178-3 2016 240 pages 100 Illustrations Paperback, with perforated pages $14.95
YOUR LIFE AFTER TRAUMA

Powerful Practices to Reclaim Your Identity
MICHELE ROSENTHAL
This book is fantastic. . . . I can say with certainty that [it] does live up to its promise
and more. Readers will gain an understanding of how trauma affects their identity through moving,
true-life stories. Psychology Today
Michele Rosenthal applies her personal experience and professional wisdom to offer readers an
invaluable roadmap to overcoming their own trauma, in particular, the loss of sense of self that often
accompanies it. Filled with self-assessment questionnaires, exercises, tips, and toolsnot to mention
insightful personal and professional vignettesit takes readers through a step-by-step process of healing.
MORNING MEDITATIONS
Daily Reflections to Awaken Your Power to Change
Expert Life Advice from Health and Wellness Professionals
COMPILED BY NORTON PROFESSIONAL BOOKS
Over 150 reflections on themes ranging from relationships, change, self-awareness, and health,
to problem solving, mindfulness, family, forgiveness, and more. The entries are drawn from
books by leading helping professionals published by Norton Professional Books. Thought-
provoking questions for self-discovery follow each entry, providing a source of enlightenment and
contemplation throughout the day. Includes a series of guided visualizations for readers wanting
more direction and engagement with scripted exercises. Perfect for clients seeking wisdom and
guidance outside the clinical hour.
TRANSFORMING NEGATIVE SELF-TALK

STEVE ANDREAS
[A] winner. I strongly recommend it! . . . I have used some of these exercises
both on myself and with clients and they worked well and quickly. Milton H.
In this user-friendly guide, an experienced clinician presents an array of original, take-
charge strategies to help you and your clients gain control of the downbeat voices and use them to your advantage.
Contents: 1. Changing Location 2. Changing Tempo & Tonality 3. Adding Music or a Song 4. Talking to Yourself
Positively 5. Adding a Voice 6. Auditory Perspective 7. Starting Your Day 8. Generalizations, Evaluations, Presuppositions,
& Deletions 9. Negative Messages & Positive Outcomes 10. Asking Questions 11. Transforming a Message
MORE TRANSFORMING NEGATIVE SELF-TALK

STEVE ANDREAS
[H]elpful viewpoints and exercises . . . [A] useful alternative and supplemental
approach to countering and reframing what is normally potentially difficult and
damaging affect work. Somatic Psychotherapy Today
A follow-up to his first popular book of the same title, here Andreas digs deeper,
showing how to actually engage a voice, rather than simply change it.
DISCOUNTED TWO-BOOK SET: Transforming Negative Self-Talk and More Transforming Negative Self-Talk
ISBN: 978-0-393-71094-6 2014 Paperbacks $29.95
47
MINDFUL ANGER
A Pathway to Emotional Freedom
ANDREA BRANDT
This book urges readers to practice mindfulnessdeliberately allowing physical sensations and
emotions to surface so they can be examined and released. This sort of processing of angerfully
felt in the body as it happens, moved out through appropriate expression, and let gowill allow
readers to process anger before it becomes unhealthy.
Contents: 1. The Anatomy of Anger 2. The Key Role of Anger in Emotional Freedom 3.
Mindfulness as a Strategy 4. Anger: How It Feels 5. Anger: Catching It in the Act 6. Anger: the
Role of Our Thoughts 7. Anger and Childhood Wounds 8. The Five Steps to Mindfully Releasing
Your Anger 9. Moving on to Forgiveness and Gratitude 10. Mindfulness and the Emotional Freedom to Connect
THE FAMILY GUIDE TO MENTAL HEALTH CARE

Advice on Helping Your Loved Ones
LLOYD I. SEDERER, MD, Foreword by GLENN CLOSE
If your practice or your advocacy efforts place you anywhere near people encountering
the mental health system for the first time, please have a look at this book. Piles of
themthe books, not the patientsshould be sitting in the waiting area of every mental
health center and emergency department. Psychiatric Times
What medications are helpful, and are some as dangerous as I think? Is there a way to navigate
privacy laws so I can discuss my adult daughters treatment with her doctor? Is my teenager
experiencing an illness or typical adolescent distress? Filled with real-life scenarios and helpful
checklists to bring to a doctors appointment, this comprehensive print resource offers hope and a
path forward to families struggling with mental illness.
PARENTING THE WHOLE CHILD

A Holistic Child Psychiatrist Offers Practical Wisdom on Behavior, Brain
Health, Nutrition, Exercise, Family Life, Peer Relationships, School Life,
Trauma, Medication, and more
SCOTT M. SHANNON, MD
This book equips parents and caregivers with a better way to understand the mental health
challenges their children face, including how cutting-edge scientific concepts like epigenetics and
neuroplasticity mean new hope for overcoming them. Readers learn how the most common
stressors in kids are often at the root of behavioral and emotional issues, and what steps can be
taken to restore health and wholeness without immediately turning to medication.
Previously published as: Please Dont Label My Child: Break the Doctor-Diagnosis-Drug Cycle and Discover Safe, Effective
Choices for Your Childs Emotional Health.
Also available:
MINDFULNESS SKILLS FOR TRAUMA AND PTSD: Practices for HOLISTIC HEALTH FOR ADOLESCENTS
Recovery and Resilience NADA MILOSAVLJEVIC
RACHEL GOLDSMITH TUROW ISBN: 978-0-393-71114-1 2016 256 pages Pbk $21.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-71126-4 2017 320 pages Pbk $24.95 See page 60 for a full listing.
HOW TO USE HERBS, NUTRIENTS & YOGA IN MENTAL HEALTH
TRANSGENDER CHILDREN AND YOUTH: Cultivating Pride and Joy RICHARD P. BROWN, PATRICIA L. GERBARG, and PHILIP R. MUSKIN
with Families in Transition ISBN: 978-0-393-70744-1 2012 464 pages Pbk $24.95
ELIJAH C. NEALY See page 57 for a full listing.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71139-4 2017 288 pages HC $34.00
See page 7 for full listing. NON-DRUG TREATMENTS FOR ADHD: New Options for Kids, Adults,
and Clinicians
BIPOLAR, NOT SO MUCH: Understanding Your Mood Swings and RICHARD P. BROWN and PATRICIA L. GERBARG
Depression ISBN: 978-0-393-70622-2 2012 276 pages HC $28.95
CHRIS AIKEN and JAMES PHELPS See page 57 for a full listing.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71174-5 2016 256 pages HC $22.95
See page 28 for full listing. ANGER ANTIDOTES: How Not to Lose Your S#&!
THE REFLECTIVE PARENT: How to Do Less and Relate More with Your IAN BRENNAN
Kids ISBN: 978-0-393-70705-2 2011 192 pages Pbk $15.95
REGINA PALLY SEVEN STRATEGIES FOR POSITIVE AGING
ISBN: 978-0-393-71133-2 2017 288 pages HC $25.95 ROBERT D. HILL
ISBN: 978-0-393-70523-2 2008 288 pages Pbk $19.95
THE ROAD TO CALM WORKBOOK: Life-Changing Tools to Stop THE MEDICATION QUESTION: Weighing Your Mental Health
Runaway Emotions
Treatment Options
CAROLYN DAITCH and LISSAH LORBERBAUM RONALD J. DIAMOND
ISBN: 978-0-393-70841-7 2016 224 pages Pbk w/CD
ISBN: 978-0-393-70630-7 2011 318 pages Pbk $19.95
$24.95
See page 35 for full listing. YOUR CHILD IN THE BALANCE: Solving the Psychiatric Medicine
Dilemma
BRAIN-BASED PARENTING: The Neuroscience of Caregiving for
Healthy Attachment KEVIN T. KALIKOW
ISBN: 978-0-393-70660-4 2012 346 pages Pbk $21.95
DANIEL A. HUGHES and JONATHAN BAYLIN, Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL
ISBN: 978-0-393-70728-1 2012 272 pages HC $28.95 TAKING OUT YOUR MENTAL TRASH: A Consumers Guide to
See page 21 for a full listing. Cognitive Restructuring Therapy
A USERS GUIDE TO THERAPY: What to Expect & How You Can Benefit RIAN E. McMULLIN
TAMARA L. KAISER ISBN: 978-0-393-70487-7 2005 336 pages Pbk $29.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70534-8 2009 240 pages Pbk $18.95
48
AUTISM AND THE FAMILY
Understanding and Supporting Parents and Siblings
KATE E. FISKE, Foreword by TRISTRAM SMITH
Drawing upon clinical research and firsthand family interviews, this book helps clinicians understand
the experiences of parents and siblings of a child with ASD from the time of diagnosis through
adulthood. It provides clear recommendations for sensitive, informed professional support. Step-by-
step in each chapter, Fiske elucidates such vital subjects as:
AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS

Understanding the experience of diagnosis Understanding a familys
culture
Recognizing patterns of parent stress over time
Involving and providing support for siblings And many more!
Appreciating and navigating the effects of ASD on
relationships between parents
BEHAVIORAL CHALLENGES IN CHILDREN WITH AUTISM AND

OTHER SPECIAL NEEDS
The Developmental Approach
DIANE CULLINANE
This book is valuable, compelling, and easy to read. It provides the in-depth answers
parents and therapists have been looking for. Dr. Serena Wieder, Profectum Foundation,
Co-Developer of the DIR Model
The DIRFloortime Model is based on universal developmental principles and offers a structured,
efficacy-proven model to responding when a child with a disability has a behavioral challenge:
attune, help and recover. Clinicians will learn how to use the Developmental Approach to
understand the many variables involved in the behavior of a child with special needs, effectively
respond to a challenging behavior in the moment, and create a long-term milestone plan to support developmental and
behavioral progress.
YOGA THERAPY FOR CHILDREN WITH AUTISM AND SPECIAL NEEDS

LOUISE GOLDBERG
This book will absolutely be among the seminal texts for relatively experienced and
competent yoga therapists beginning to practice in this field. . . . [T]imely, empirically
sound, and very much needed. Yoga Therapy Today
Featuring 60 illustrated poses and 65 yoga lessons, including songs and games, child-friendly
instructions are provided for posture, breathing, and mindfulness exercises. All poses and routines
include suggested adaptations and precautions for use, and are organized to address specific
sensory skills. Current research on the benefits of yoga for health and learning are summarized, and
readers learn, through yoga practice, how the brains response to stress can be effectively mitigated.
Contents: Overview: Before You Begin Yoga Therapy 1. Yoga and Yoga Therapy 2.
Assessment Process 3. Special Needs 4. Benefits of Yoga Therapy for Children With Special Needs 5. Ten Golden Rules
Part 1 Rationale: the Brain, Learning, and Relaxation 6. Stress and the Brain 7. Benefits of Exercise 8. Yoga for Stress
Relief 9. the Process of Relaxation Part II Process: Principles of Creative Relaxation 10. Create a Sacred Space 11.
Engage the Child 12. Provide Tools for Success 13. Develop Opportunities for Independence Part III Application:
Postures, Lessons, and Activities 14. Guidelines for Instruction 15. Catalog of Postures 16. Yoga Therapy for
Classrooms and Schools 17. Curriculum for Yoga Therapy: Challenges and Capabilities 18. Postures and Lessons for Specific
Benefits 19. Breathing Lessons 20. Chants, Songs, and Games
ISBN: 978-0-393-70785-4 2013 240 pages, and 60 photos Hardcover $24.95
SENSORY PROCESSING CHALLENGES

Effective Clinical Work with Kids & Teens
LINDSEY BIEL
This book equips clinicians with all the information they need to accurately identify sensory
sensitivities in their child clients: how to pay attention to sensory issues and recognize when a client
is struggling; how these issues factor into the behavioral problems at hand; and how best to partner
with the right professionals to help kids at home and in school.
PRACTICAL SOCIAL SKILLS FOR AUTISM CHARTING THE COURSE FOR TREATING
SPECTRUM DISORDERS CHILDREN WITH AUTISM
Designing Child-Specific Interventions A Beginners Guide for Therapists
KATHLEEN KOENIG, Foreword by FRED R. VOLKMAR LINDA KELLY and JANICE PLUNKETT DAVIGNON
Koenig presents a unique, multi-faceted autism treatment ISBN: 978-0-393-70871-4 2014 224 pages HC $25.95
manual that emphasizes tailoring interventions to each childs
personality and strengths.
HOW TO TALK TO PARENTS ABOUT AUTISM
ROY Q. SANDERS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70698-7 2012 256 pages HC $32.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70529-4 2008 292 pages Pbk $21.95
49
USING HYPNOSIS WITH CHILDREN
Creating and Delivering Effective Interventions
LYNN LYONS, Foreword by MICHAEL D. YAPKO
Contents: 1. Why use Hypnosis with Children? 2. Concrete Considerations: Responsiveness,
Scripts, and the Role of Development 3. The Initial Contact: Amplifying the Benefits of Hypnotic
Communication Right From the Start 4. Know Where Youre Headed: Targets and Frames 5. Delivering
HYPNOSIS
the Session 6. Hypnosis and Anxiety: Stepping in, Moving Forward 7. Hypnosis and Depression:
Opportunities for Prevention and Skill Building 8. Addressing the Physical: Pain, Illness, and Medical
Procedures 9. Solving Sleep Problems 10. Parents as Allies 11. Spreading the Word, Hypnotically
MINDFULNESS AND HYPNOSIS

The Power of Suggestion to Transform Experience
MICHAEL D. YAPKO
Drawing from real-life case examples, Yapko investigates the role of focused attention in
empowering clients to transform their sensory awareness and physiological and emotional states,
as well as their reactions to their life experiences. He lays out guidelines for bringing hypnotic
suggestions into therapy, and explains how guided mindfulness meditation and hypnosis provide
a structured means for extending key insights and skills across different contexts, ranging from
relationships to breathing to emotional self-regulation.
NEURO-HYPNOSIS
Using Self-Hypnosis to Activate the Brain for Change
C. ALEXANDER SIMPKINS and ANNELLEN SIMPKINS
Deftly balancing theory and practice, this book provides the tools you need to open yourself
to self-hypnosis, experience the vast potential of your mind, and activate your brain for growth,
development, and lasting change. For clinicians, the authors provide evidence and practical
considerations that therapists need to incorporate hypnosis into their practice.
AFFECT REGULATION TOOLBOX

Practical and Effective Hypnotic Interventions for the Over-reactive Client
CAROLYN DAITCH
Topics include: Confronting the Challenges of Over-Reactivity Psychophysiology of Emotional
Reactivity Identify the Start of an Over-Reaction and Respond Appropriately Focus Attention,
Calm, and Deepen Behavioral and Practice Session Rehearsal Application of Tools with
Common Anxiety Disorders; Severe Anxiety Disorders; Marital/Committed Relationship Therapy;
and Parent/Child, Sibling, Work and Friendship Relationships Roadblocks and Challenges
Resources for Clinicians and Clients
HANDBOOK OF HYPNOTIC SUGGESTIONS AND METAPHORS

An Official Publication of the American Society of Clinical Hypnosis
D. CORYDON HAMMOND, Editor American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis
Topics include: Formulating Hypnotic and Posthypnotic Suggestions Hypnosis in Pain

Management Hypnoanesthesia and Preparation for Surgery Ego-Strengthening: Enhancing
Esteem, Self-Efficacy, and Confidence Anxiety, Phobias, and Dental Disorders Hypnosis with
Cancer Patients Hypnosis with Medical Disorders Hypnosis with Emotional and Psychiatric
Disorders Hypnosis with Sexual Dysfunction and Relationship Problems Hypnosis with Obesity
and Eating Disorders Smoking, Addictions, and Habit Disorders Concentration, Academic
Performance, and Athletic Performance Hypnotic Suggestions with Children Time Reorientation:
Age Regression, Age Progression, and Time Distortion
Also available:
A GUIDE TO TRANCE LAND: A Practical Handbook of OF ONE MIND: The Logic of Hypnosis, The Practice of
Ericksonian and Solution-Oriented Hypnosis Therapy
BILL OHANLON DOUGLAS FLEMONS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70578-2 2009 106 pages Paperback $17.00 ISBN: 978-0-393-70382-5 2001 288 pages Hardcover $30.00
HANDBOOK OF HYPNOTIC INDUCTIONS
SOLUTION-ORIENTED HYPNOSIS: An Ericksonian Approach GEORGE GAFNER and SONJA BENSON
WILLIAM HUDSON OHANLON and MICHAEL MARTIN ISBN: 978-0-393-70324-5 2000 192 pages Hardcover $30.00
ISBN: 978-0-393-70149-4 1992 192 pages Pbk POD $27.50
STORIES THAT HEAL: Reparenting Adult Children
THE PSYCHOBIOLOGY OF GENE EXPRESSION: Neuroscience of Dysfunctional Families Using Hypnotic Stories in
and Neurogenesis in Hypnosis and the Healing Arts Psychotherapy
ERNEST L. ROSSI LEE WALLAS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70343-6 2002 560 pages Hardcover $47.50 ISBN: 978-0-393-70106-7 1991 240 pages Hardcover $22.95
50
101 SOLUTION-FOCUSED QUESTIONS SERIES
FREDRIKE BANNINK
101 SOLUTION-FOCUSED QUESTIONS FOR HELP WITH ANXIETY
101 SOLUTION-FOCUSED QUESTIONS FOR HELP WITH DEPRESSION
BRIEF & SOLUTION-FOCUSED THERAPIES

101 SOLUTION-FOCUSED QUESTIONS FOR HELP WITH TRAUMA

101 SOLUTION-FOCUSED QUESTIONS SERIES SET

ISBN: 978-0-393-71125-7 2015 Paperback $39.95
Each book contains 101 Solution-focused questions with chapters relating

to: Positive Emotions; Balancing Positive and Negative Emotions Solution-Focused
Brief Therapy: Problem-Talk or Solutions-Talk; Solution-Focused Questions; Four Basic
SF Questions Therapeutic Approaches to the Disorder: Traditional Approaches; The SF
Approach Creating a Context for Change: The Therapeutic Alliance; Focusing on Change; Acknowledgment and Validation;
Normalizing and Reframing; Building Hope Describing the Preferred Future: Setting a Well-Defined Goal; Future-Oriented
Techniques; Using Different Perspectives; Assessing Motivation, Hope and Confidence Finding Competence: Finding Strengths
and Resources; Finding Exceptions; Scaling Questions Working on Progress; Follow-Up Sessions; Assessing Progress; Homework
Suggestions Concluding Therapy: Behavior Maintenance; Impasse and Failure; Celebrating Success Reflection and Feedback:
Reflecting on the Session; Clients Feedback Focus on Well-Being: Clients Well-Being; Relationships; Therapists Well-Being
A GUIDE TO TRANCE LAND

A Practical Handbook of Ericksonian and Solution-Oriented Hypnosis
BILL OHANLON
Contents: Elements of Solution-Oriented Induction 1. Permission 2. Presupposition 3.
Splitting 4. Linking 5. Interspersal 6. Introduction to the Other Elements The Culture and Territory
of Trance Land 7. The Language of Trance 8. Everything You Always Wanted to Know About the
Nature of Hypnosis But Were Too Deeply in Trance to Ask 9. The $64,000 Question: What Do You
Do Once the Person Is in Trance to Get the Clinical Result? 10. Inclusion as Intervention 11. The
Hitchhikers Guide to Solution-Oriented Hypnosis 12. Bad Trance/Good Trance 13. The Process of
Ericksonian Hypnotherapy Envoi: Leaving Trance Land
THE THERAPISTS TREASURE CHEST

Solution-Oriented Tips and Tricks for Everyday Practice
FILIP CABY and ANDREA CABY
CHILDRENS SOLUTION WORK

INSOO KIM BERG and THERESE STEINER
Full of examples and case studies, creative techniques and strategies for working with children without relying exclusively on
language or conceptual thinking. The application of these techniques is discussed in various contexts and situations, including
ways of adapting them to suit cases of children with uncommon needs. Berg and Steiner also address questions typically raised by
clinicians about the use of SFBT with children.
Also available:
BUILDING SOLUTIONS IN CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES EVEN FROM A BROKEN WEB: Brief, Respectful Solution-Oriented
INSOO KIM BERG and SUSAN KELLY Therapy for Sexual Abuse and Trauma
ISBN: 978-0-393-70310-8 2000 336 pages HC $37.50 BILL OHANLON and BOB BERTOLINO
ISBN: 978-0-393-70394-8 2002 192 pages Pbk $19.95
IN SEARCH OF SOLUTIONS: A New Direction in Psychotherapy
BILL OHANLON and MICHELE WEINER-DAVIS A GUIDE TO INCLUSIVE THERAPY: 26 Methods of Respectful,
ISBN: 978-0-393-70437-2 2003 180 pages Pbk $19.95 Resistance-Dissolving Therapy
BILL OHANLON
CHANGE 101: A Practical Guide to Creating Change in Life or Therapy ISBN: 978-0-393-70410-5 2003 160 pages Pbk $14.00
BILL OHANLON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70496-9 2006 176 pages HC $23.95 CLUES: Investigating Solutions in Brief Therapy
STEVE DE SHAZER
SOLUTION-ORIENTED THERAPY: For Chronic and Severe Mental ISBN: 978-0-393-70054-1 1988 224 pages Pbk $23.95
Illness
BILL OHANLON and TIM ROWAN FISHING FOR BARRACUDA: Pragmatics of Brief Systemic Theory
ISBN: 978-0-393-70423-5 2003 192 pages Pbk $19.95 JOEL S. BERGMAN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70005-3 1985 224 pages HC $25.00
A GUIDE TO POSSIBILITY LAND: Fifty-One Methods for Doing Brief,
Respectful Therapy SHORT-TERM THERAPY FOR LONG-TERM CHANGE
BILL OHANLON and SANDY BEADLE MARION F. SOLOMON, ROBERT J. NEBORSKY, LEIGH McCULLOUGH,
ISBN: 978-0-393-70297-2 1999 96 pages Pbk $14.95 MICHAEL ALPERT, FRANCINE SHAPIRO, and DAVID MALAN,
Foreword by LEWIS L. JUDD
ISBN: 978-0-393-70333-7 2001 208 pages Pbk POD
$28.00
51
THE SCIENCE OF TRUST
Emotional Attunement for Couples
JOHN M. GOTTMAN
Gottmans Science of Trust reflects his lifelong devotion to helping others improve
their relationships . . . . [H]elpful content summaries provide easy access so that a busy
practitioner or client can quickly and selectively access Gottmans latest information as needed . . . .
[A] noteworthy addition to any practitioners library. Journal of Couple & Relationship Therapy
COUPLE THERAPY
Contents: 1. The Concept of Emotional Attunement: Our Theory 2. Emotional Attunement

and the Down-Regulating of Flooding 3. Emotional Attunement and the Story We Tell
Ourselves About Our Relationship 4. Emotional Attunement and Conflict 5. Emotional
Attunement and Avoiding the Mean Places 6. Emotional Attunement and Personality 7.
Emotional Attunement and Changing Relationships: The Complain and Praise Study 8. Emotional Attunement and
Gender 9. How to Help Couples Create Emotional Attunement
THE MARRIAGE CLINIC ACCEPTANCE AND CHANGE

A Scientifically Based IN COUPLE THERAPY
Marital Therapy A Therapists Guide
JOHN M. GOTTMAN to Transforming
Based on John Gottmans
Relationships
much-heralded research on NEIL S. JACOBSON and
marital success and failure, ANDREW CHRISTENSEN
The Marriage Clinic presents Readers will find rich clinical
a complete marital therapy detail on how to develop a
program. Readers will encounter formulation encompassing
a wide range of succinct and the couples disparate conflict
useful assessment procedures, as well as a highly specific, areas, enhance intimacy through
research-based, and modularized treatment program. acceptance, build tolerance for difference, and improve
ISBN: 978-0-393-70282-8 1999 480 pages Hardcover communication and problem solving.
$49.00 ISBN: 978-0-393-70290-3 1998 304 pages Pbk $29.95
THE MARRIAGE CLINIC DOING COUPLE THERAPY

CASEBOOK TOBY BOBES and BARBARA ROTHMAN
JULIE SCHWARTZ This is exactly the book that any learning therapist
GOTTMAN, Editor craves. It is clear, well-ordered, realistic, and full of useful
This book bridges the gap information and illustrative examples. . . . David Unger, PhD,
between the powerful theory Former Coordinator, Continuing Education Program, Antioch
behind Gottman Method University Southern California
Couples Therapy and the unique ISBN: 978-0-393-70392-4 2002 224 pages Pbk $19.95
application of therapeutic
principles to real-life cases. THE COUPLE IS TELLING YOU WHAT YOU NEED
ISBN: 978-0-393-70413-6 2004 240 TO KNOW
pages Hardcover $32.00 Couple-Directed Therapy in a Multicultural
Context
EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE IN COUPLES THERAPY
TOBY BOBES and NORMAN S. BOBES
Advances from Neurobiology and the Science of ISBN: 978-0-393-70427-3 2004 176 pages Pbk $17.95
Intimate Relationships
BRENT J. ATKINSON MARRYING WELL
ISBN: 978-0-393-70386-3 2005 384 pages HC $37.95 The Clinicians Guide to Premarital Counseling
IF ONLY I HAD KNOWN . . . ELENA LESSER BRUUN and ANNE F. ZIFF
ISBN: 978-0-393-70594-2 2010 280 pages HC $27.50
Avoiding Common Mistakes in Couples Therapy
GERALD R. WEEKS, MARK ODELL, and CONSTRUCTING THE SEXUAL CRUCIBLE
SUSANNE METHVEN An Integration of Sexual and Marital Therapy
[T]his book is one that every young therapist should DAVID M. SCHNARCH
read in order to avoid problems that inevitably come ISBN: 978-0-393-70102-9 1991 656 pages HC $49.00
up in practice. The Milton H. Erickson Foundation
Newsletter COUNTERTRANSFERENCE IN COUPLES THERAPY
ISBN: 978-0-393-70445-7 2005 256 pages Pbk $19.95 MARION F. SOLOMON and JUDITH P. SIEGEL,
Editors
TREATING INFIDELITY ISBN: 978-0-393-70244-6 1997 304 pages HC $40.00
Therapeutic Dilemmas and Effective Strategies
GERALD R. WEEKS, NANCY GAMBESCIA, and NARCISSISM AND INTIMACY
ROBERT E. JENKINS Love and Marriage in an Age of Confusion
ISBN: 978-0-393-70388-7 2003 240 pages HC $32.00 MARION F. SOLOMON
ISBN: 978-0-393-30916-4 1992 224 pages Pbk POD $18.95
EVALUATING COUPLES
A Handbook for Practitioners Originally published in HC as The Crowded Bed.
MARK A. KARPEL Unavailable outside the US.
$40.00
52
THE GENOGRAM CASEBOOK
A Clinical Companion to Genograms: Assessment and Intervention
MONICA McGOLDRICK
With clarity, depth, and heart, this book shows us how the genogram can be used to engage
clients, master resistance, restore broken connections, and help our clients (and ourselves)
resolve issues and move forward. This book is so rich in theory and practical advice that
as soon as I finished reading it, I started again. Harriet Lerner, PhD, author of The Dance
FAMILY THERAPY
of Anger
Genograms are a non-intrusive and non-confrontational way to learn about a clients history,
providing an essential guide for understanding the complexity of a clients experiences,
characteristics, values, and context.This clinical primer accompanies the best-selling Genograms: Assessment and Intervention,
articulating exactly how to use genograms in clinical practice.
GENOGRAMS
Assessment and Intervention, Third Edition
MONICA McGOLDRICK, RANDY GERSON, and SUELI PETRY
[A] seminal work. . . . [this] edition has been expanded to incorporate slightly modified symbols
to enhance the usefulness . . . in clinical and research settings. The Family Psychologist
[A]n almost overwhelming array of riches. . . . I recommend it highly. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic
This best-selling text provides a standard method for constructing a genogram, doing a genogram
interview, and interpreting the results. Genograms of famous familiesSigmund Freud, Woody
Allen and Mia Farrow, the Kennedys, Jane Fonda and Ted Turner, Bill Clinton, Princess Diana, the
Roosevelts, and Thomas Jefferson, to name a fewbring the text to life.
THE GENOGRAM JOURNEY

Reconnecting with Your Family
MONICA McGOLDRICK
This notable work poignantly explains how the genogram can help us to better understand
and mend family relationships and dynamics. Weaving together illustrations and genograms
of famous families-including the Obamas-McGoldrick sheds light on a range of complex
issues such as birth order and sibling rivalry, family myths and secrets, cultural differences,
couple relationships, and the pivotal role of loss. Clinicians learn to mine previously untapped
information about their clients family patterns, leading them to a reconnection to home and
a deeper sense of well-being.
Originally published as You Can Go Home Again.
THE MOTHER-INFANT INTERACTION PICTURE BOOK

Origins of Attachment
BEATRICE BEEBE, PHYLLIS COHEN, and FRANK LACHMANN
[E]ngagingly crafted by well-known infant researchers . . . with evocative illustrations.
. . . The illustrative DVD is also quite marvelous. Dr. Beebe is a relaxed and engaging narrator
whose pleasure in her work is apparent and whose observational skills are impressive. . . . I highly
recommend [it] for parents, pediatricians, mental health professionals, students, and
anyone interested in positive child development. PsycCRITIQUES
Beatrice Beebes groundbreaking research on mother-infant communication has influenced
practitioners for decades. At last, this research is available in a readable, user-friendly way.
Using video microanalysiswhich captures moment-to-moment sequences of interactionsBeatrice Beebe and her colleagues
have enabled readers to see subtle details of interactions between mother and infant that are too rapid and complex to grasp
with the naked eye. These interactions can be used to predict a range of future attachment styles. They enable researchers to
translate infants nonverbal language and provide a unique and rare window into child development. Lushly illustrated by Dillon
Yothers, these drawings reveal the emotions, but conceal the identities, of the mothers and infants.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70792-2 2016 272 pages Hardcover w/DVD 246 Illustrations $35.00
MINDFUL PARENTING
A Guide for Mental Health Professionals
SUSAN BGELS and KATHLEEN RESTIFO,
Foreword by JON and MYLA KABAT-ZINN
This book and the program it offers are a pioneering effort to bring mindfulness into the domain of
parenting and the mental health care of stressed families, for the benefit of both the children and
their parents. . . . Such a curriculum is long overdue. . . . it builds on other mindfulness-based clinical
approaches such as MBSR (mindfulness-based stress reduction) and MBCT (mindfulness-based
cognitive therapy) and broadens their reach to the complex realm of family interactions and the
particular challenges of parenting children with psychiatric diagnoses. Jon and Myla Kabat-Zinn
53
ATTACHMENT-FOCUSED FAMILY THERAPY WORKBOOK
DANIEL A. HUGHES
I would highly recommend this book for all clinicians and trainees working with
children and youth. . . . it has enabled me to have breakthroughs with families in
situations where I have previously been stuck and struggling. Journal of the Canadian
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry
FAMILY THERAPY
A practical workbook companion to Attachment-Focused Family Therapythe best-selling text that

brought attachment into the realm of family therapythis book arms therapists with the training
exercises, core skills, and interventions to apply the AFFT treatment model effectively.
Hughes carefully outlines the ways in which therapists can facilitate the intersubjective
communication between parent and childhow to incorporate affective-reflective dialogue, the core process of AFFT; how to
achieve PACE (playfulness, acceptance, curiosity, and empathy) in working with parents and their children; how to teach parents
to develop an attachment perspective; how to consider the sequential elements of AFFT and put together a treatment program;
how to repair relationship breaks; and much, much more. Sample dialogues, worksheets, and question-and-answer scenarios
demonstrate all the clinical strategies. An accompanying DVD demonstrates Hughes putting these strategies to work in a
therapy session, revealing the undeniable power of attachment-focused family therapy to create a safe psychological space for
families to repair attachment breaks and build the foundation for a healthier future.
See page 21, 24, and 46 for more books by Hughes.
ATTACHMENT-FOCUSED FAMILY THERAPY

DANIEL A. HUGHES
[A] book that will change how family therapy is practiced . . . Whether you work with
families, or individuals young or not-so-young, your work will not be quite the same after reading
this book. I know mine wont. Diana Fosha, PhD, Director of the AEDP Institute in New York City
Contents: Introduction: Individuals, Families, and the Therapeutic RelationshipThe Interplay

of Attachments Part I: Theory 1. Attachment and Intersubjectivity Part II: Application 2. Family
Treatment: An Overview 3. Developing Playfulness, Acceptance, Curiosity, and Empathy (PACE):
The Central Therapeutic Stance 4. Fostering Affective/Reflective Dialogue 5. Treatment Onset:
Meetings with Parents 6. Being with Children 7. Managing Shame 8. Breaks and Repair 9.
Exploring and Resolving Childhood Trauma Epilogue Appendix 1: Case Study 1, Shameful
Traumas Appendix 2: Case Study 2, Roberts Anger Appendix 3: Case Study 3, Safe Enough to Be a Mother
ATTACHMENT-FOCUSED PARENTING
Effective Strategies to Care for Children
DANIEL A. HUGHES
With fascinating theory, moving examples, and a wealth of practical interventions. Dr. Margot
Sunderland, Director of Education and Training, The Centre for Child Mental Health, London
A guide for all parents and a resource for all mental health clinicians and parent-educators, this
book presents the techniques and practices that are fundamental to optimal child development
and family functioninghow to set limits, provide guidance, and manage the responsibilities and
difficulties of daily life, while at the same time communicating safety, fun, joy, and love. Filled with
valuable clinical vignettes and sample dialogues, Hughes shows how attachment-focused research
can guide all those who care for children in their efforts to better raise them.
MINDFULNESS-BASED PLAY-FAMILY THERAPY

Theory and Practice
DOTTIE HIGGINS-KLEIN, Foreword by BONNIE BADENOCH
[A] gem of a book! Using a step-by-step approach, she walks readers through the world of play
and family therapy, utilizing a strength-based early attachment and developmental lens. Rich with
detailed session examples, resources, and an in-depth case study that helps to weave it all into a
practical guide, MBPFT is a must-have book for both beginners and seasoned clinicians.
Athena A. Drewes, PsyD, RPT-S, Director of Clinical Training at Astor Services for Children & Families
in New York; Founder and Past President of the New York Association for Play Therapy
FAMILY EVALUATION
An Approach Based on the Bowen Theory
MICHAEL E. KERR and MURRAY BOWEN
Michael Kerr, who worked with Murray Bowen for many years, and Bowen propose that the enormously complex task of
evaluating a clinical family can be an orderly task when it is grounded in family systems theory. Using family diagrams as
graphic illustrations, as well as numerous short case examples, Kerr methodically explains Bowens concepts: individuality and
togetherness, differentiation of self, chronic anxiety, triangles, the nuclear family emotional system, and symptom development.
A special bonus for the reader is Bowens epilogue on his personal and professional odyssey of more than four decades, from
early work at the Menninger Foundation in the 1940s to the Georgetown University Family Center in Washington.
54
AUTISM AND THE FAMILY LIVING BEYOND LOSS, Second Edition
Understanding and Supporting Parents and Death in the Family
Siblings FROMA WALSH and MONICA McGOLDRICK, Editors
KATE E. FISKE, Foreword by TRISTRAM SMITH This is an important book. Major parts of it are a
ISBN: 978-0-393-71055-7 2017 336 pages HC $34.95 must read for anyone interested in families dealing
with dying and death. Omega/Journal of Death and
Dying
THE ATTACHMENT THERAPY COMPANION
FAMILY THERAPY
Key Practices for Treating Children & Families Walsh and McGoldrick have fully revised and expanded their
landmark work on the impact of death on the family system.
ARTHUR BECKER-WEIDMAN, LOIS EHRMANN,
Chapters address such topics as spirituality, gender issues,
DENISE H. LEBOW
suicide and other traumatic deaths, unacknowledged and
Based on the work of the Association for Treatment and
stigmatized losses, and resilience-based approaches to family
Training in the Attachment of Children (ATTACh), a leading
and community recovery from major disaster.
organization on attachment in child development, this book
ISBN: 978-0-393-70438-9 2004 448 pages Pbk $29.95
supplies all the nuts and bolts a clinician needs to be familiar
with to provide effective, informed, attachment-based care to
RITUALS IN FAMILIES AND FAMILY THERAPY
children and families.
Revised Edition
ISBN: 978-0-393-70748-9 2012 240 pages Pbk $27.95
EVAN IMBER-BLACK, JANINE ROBERTS, and RICHARD
FAMILY WELLNESS SKILLS A. WHITING, Editors
Quick Assessment and Practical Interventions for Should be required reading for all therapists and
the Mental Health Professional pastoral counselors. . . . A highly recommended, easy
JOSEPH L. HERNANDEZ read! Pastoral Sciences
ISBN: 978-0-393-70632-1 2013 240 pages HC $30.00 ISBN: 978-0-393-70415-0 2003 420 pages Pbk $27.50
RECREATING PARTNERSHIP
HOW TO TALK TO FAMILIES ABOUT CHILD A Solution-Oriented, Collaborative Approach to
AND ADOLESCENT MENTAL ILLNESS Couples Therapy
DIANE T. MARSH and MELISSA J. MARKS PHILLIP ZIEGLER and TOBEY HILLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70570-6 2009 238 pgs Pbk $21.95 ISBN: 978-0-393-70349-8 2001 256 pages HC $32.00
HOW TO TALK WITH FAMILIES ABOUT CREATING COMPETENCE FROM CHAOS

GENETICS AND PSYCHIATRIC ILLNESS A Comprehensive Guide to Home-Based Services
HOLLY PEAY and JEHANNINE AUSTIN MARION LINDBLAD-GOLDBERG, MARTHA MORRISON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70549-2 2011 304 pgs Pbk $24.95 DORE, and LENORA STERN
ISBN: 978-0-393-70264-4 1998 384 pages HC $39.00
NARRATIVE THERAPY IN WONDERLAND NARRATIVE & STRATEGIC THERAPIES

Connecting with Childrens Imaginative Know-How
DAVID MARSTEN, DAVID EPSTON, and LAURIE MARKHAM
This is a guide to recognizing and connecting with the power of childrens voices and imagination
in narrative therapy. Some adult-centric social, cultural, and psychiatric/therapeutic perspectives
treat children as vulnerable or helpless. This book offers an alternative approach. By providing
imagination-focused approaches to therapeutic terms and concepts, therapists are able to connect
with their young clients robust imaginations in the healing process. Narrative therapy experts David
Marsten, David Epston, and Laurie Markham provide readers with proven methods to help children
draw on the potential of their own wonderment, be the protagonists in their own stories, and open
new paths to healing and growth.
Contents: 1. Chasing Alice 2. The Plot Thickens3. Getting to Know the Person Ahead of the Problem 4. Meeting Problems
in Wonderland 5. The Litmus Test 6. The Therapists Imagination Lends Inspiration 7. The Relational Construction of Identity:
Audience and Affiliation 8. A Figment of the Imagination 9. Imagination Lost . . . and Found 10. Grow Me Up-Grow Me Down
11. Somebody Needs to Pay! A Young Mans Coming Of Age in a Culture of Male Domination & Entitlement 12. Making
Progress Towards Progress
RETELLING THE STORIES OF OUR LIVES

Everyday Narrative Therapy to Draw Inspiration and Transform Experience
DAVID DENBOROUGH
I have yet to read a text on narrative therapy that so effectively makes itself accessible to
both facilitators and service users. Consumers, new and seasoned therapists, and reading and
learning groups should all find rich learnings. Narrative Therapy Centre of Toronto e-newsletter
Written in collaboration with the Dulwich Centre, the birthplace of narrative therapy, this book gives
therapy clients and self-help readers the means to transform their lives through storytelling and
writing. Part 1 introduces the key ideas of narrative practice like the Charter of Storytelling Rights and
the concept of re-membering ones life, presenting a wealth of clinical examples and exercises to
demonstrate how these ideas have helped people overcome intense hardship. Part 2 describes,
in depth, the conceptual underpinnings of narrative therapy, outlining practical strategies for reclaiming and celebrating ones
experience in the face of trauma, personal failure, grief, and aging.
55
NARRATIVE PRACTICE
Continuing The Conversations
MICHAEL WHITE
One of the founders of narrative therapy, Michael White (1948-2008) made significant contributions
to psychotherapy and family therapy. This book expands upon the work he so brilliantly began
decades ago by gathering never-before-published papers, interviews, and paragraphs of thoughts.
NARRATIVE & STRATEGIC THERAPIES
Contents: Editors note by David Denborough Preface by Jill Freedman Introduction by

David Epston Part I: General Therapeutic Considerations 1. Bringing The World into Therapy
and Subverting the Operations of Modern Power 2. Turning Points and the Significance of
Personal and Community Ethics 3. Power, Psychotherapy, and New Possibilities for Dissent
4. Countertransference and Rich Story Development 5. The Resistances and Therapist
Responsibility Part II: Special Topics in Therapy 6. On Anorexia. An Interview with Michael White 7. The Responsibilities:
Working with Men Who Have Perpetrated Violence 8. Externalizing and Responsibility 9. Revaluation and Resonance:
Narrative Responses to Traumatic Experience 10. Engagements with Suicide 11. Couples Therapy: Entering Couples into an
Adventure Epilogue: Continuing Conversations by Cheryl White
MAPS OF NARRATIVE PLAYFUL APPROACHES

PRACTICE TO SERIOUS PROBLEMS
MICHAEL WHITE Narrative Therapy with
Provides practical and accessible
Children and Their
Families
accounts of the major areas
of narrative practice that JENNIFER FREEMAN,
White developed and taught DAVID EPSTON, and DEAN
over the years. The book LOBOVITZ
covers each of the five main The stories of the children
areas of narrative practice- tackling their various problems
reauthoring conversations, offer a refreshing view into the
remembering conversations, mind of the children involved
scaffolding conversations, definitional ceremony, externalizing as well as the thoughts of the family. The solutions to
conversations, and rite of passage maps-to provide readers these problems were also a breath of fresh air with a lack
with an explanation of the practical implications of these of psychobabble and terms that made the book an easy
conversations for therapeutic growth. The book is filled enough read for parents to tackle. . . . Canadian Child and
with transcripts and commentary, skills training exercises Adolescent Psychiatry Review
for the reader, and charts that outline the conversations in This book describes a basic theory of collaborative narrative
diagrammatic form. play that respects childrens unique language, problem-solving
ISBN: 978-0-393-70516-4 2007 304 pages resources, and views of the world. Compelling case examples
Hardcover $39.95 draw the reader into the book from the first pages. Therapists,
parents, teachers, or anyone helping children and families will
NARRATIVE MEANS TO THERAPEUTIC ENDS find this book illuminating.
MICHAEL WHITE and DAVID EPSTON ISBN: 978-0-393-70229-3 1997 352 pages HC $37.00
The best workshops are those where clinicians can show you
BITING THE HAND THAT STARVES YOU
new and creative ways of working with clients and also tell
you how they have come up with those ideas. . . . Reading Inspiring Resistance to Anorexia/Bulimia
this book is like having such a workshop in your living room. RICHARD MAISEL, DAVID EPSTON, and ALISA BORDEN
Journal of Marital and Family Therapy [A]n impressive and useful book . . . . Like all truly useful
ISBN: 978-0-393-70098-5 1990 240 pages HC $32.00 innovation, the ideas in this book quickly become part of
ones therapeutic arsenal. This is an excellent book for
INNOVATIONS IN NARRATIVE THERAPY medical students, residents, senior faculty, and, in part
Connecting Practice, Training, and Research or whole, our patients and their families. Journal of
JIM DUVALL and LAURA BRES the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry
The first book to present a compelling evidence basefor ISBN: 978-0-393-70337-5 2004 320 pages HC $37.50
narrative therapy. For readers with little previous knowledge
NARRATIVE THERAPY
on narrative therapy, the authorsoffer a thorough explanation
of its concepts and practices. For advanced practitioners, they The Social Construction of Preferred Realities
build on foundational theories and present new therapeutic JILL FREEDMAN and GENE COMBS
protocols which translate into clear, usable practices. Freedman and Combs have incorporated the feedback of
ISBN: 978-0-393-70616-1 2011 256 pages HC $35.00 the people they worked with into their practice and theory.
This is not only a theory-informing practice but more critically
DOING CONTEXTUAL THERAPY also a practice-informing-theory book . . . . Overall, the text is
An Integrated Model for Working with stimulating, thought-provoking, and a joy to read.
Individuals, Couples, and Families Journal of Marital and Family Therapy
PETER GOLDENTHAL ISBN: 978-0-393-70207-1 1996 320 pages HC $42.00
ISBN: 978-0-393-70208-8 1996 272 pages HC $29.00
BREAD & SPIRIT
REHEARSALS FOR GROWTH Therapy with the New Poor: Diversity of Race,
Theater Improvisation for Psychotherapists Culture, and Values
DANIEL J. WIENER HARRY J. APONTE
ISBN: 978-0-393-70187-6 1994 288 pages HC POD ISBN: 978-0-393-70176-0 1994 256 pages Pbk POD
$32.00 $30.00
56
NEW
INTEGRATIVE & COMPLEMENTARY THERAPIES

See page 6 See page 6 See page 36
See page 29 See page 29 See page 49
YOGA SKILLS FOR THERAPISTS

Effective Practices for Mood Management
AMY WEINTRAUB
Weintraub presents a compendium of guided breathing exercises, meditations, self-inquiry
practices, relaxation exercises, and simple postural adjustments that can readily accompany and
complement psychotherapyno mat or difficult postures required. Therapists learn exactly how
to introduce these simple practices into a session, all within the comfort of their therapy room,
no prior yoga training or experience necessary. With over 50 photographs that clearly illustrate
the practices and gestures, detailed, step-by-step instructions, and scripts for guided relaxation
and meditations, This book is a practical, hands-on guide that teaches the power of basic yoga
techniques to bring great self-awareness, balance, and lasting well-being to you and your clients.
HOW TO USE HERBS, NUTRIENTS & YOGA IN MENTAL HEALTH

RICHARD P. BROWN, PATRICIA L. GERBARG, and PHILIP R. MUSKIN
Brown, Gerbarg, and Muskin have distilled an otherwise daunting field of treatment down to its
basics: their overriding approach is to present the complementary and alternative medicine (CAM)
methods that are most practical in a clinical setting, easy to administer, and low in side effects. With
helpful summary tables at the end of each chapter, clinical pearls, and case vignettes interspersed
throughout, this is a must-have resource for all clinicians and consumers who want the best that
alternative medicine has to offer.
Contents: 1. Basic Principles of Integrative Mental Health Care 2. Mood Disorders 3. Anxiety
Disorders 4. Disorgers of Cognition and Memory 5. Attention-Deficit Disorder and Learning
Disabilities 6. Sexual Enhancement and Other Life Stage Issues 7. Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders 8. Medical
Illnesses 9. Substance Abuse 10. CAM to Counteract Medication Side Effects Appendix A: Guide to Quality Products
Appendix B: Useful Resources for Integrative Mental Health Care Appendix C: Glossary of Medications
NON-DRUG TREATMENTS FOR ADHD

New Options for Kids, Adults, and Clinicians
RICHARD P. BROWN and PATRICIA L. GERBARG
The prolific use of stimulants to treat ADD/ADHD is a controversial topic in therapy. This
handbookfor practitioners and parents alikeguides readers through an array of safe and effective
alternatives: herbs, vitamins, nutrients, nootropics, neurotherapy, meditation, and more. Gerbarg
and Brown walk readers through all the options, explaining how they work, what the side effects
are, and how to devise a comprehensive treatment program that draws on several of them in
combination. Treating ADD in combination with other diagnoses, like learning and mood disorders,
is also addressed. Filled with case vignettes and interviews with leaders in alternative therapy fields
(such as Ayurvedic therapies and yoga), this accessible, practical guide is one both clinicians and
parents wont want to be without.
57
SOLUTION-ORIENTED SPIRITUALITY
Connection, Wholeness, and Possibility for Therapist and Client
BILL OHANLON
[E]specially useful for clinicians who want to address spirituality but are afraid to offend, or
who have a spiritual or religious client but are unsure how to integrate their faith into the work.
Psych Central
Best-selling author Bill OHanlon offers a pioneering foray into the uses and pitfalls of spiritualities
both secular and religiousin a therapeutic setting. Spirituality is defined by its three integral
components: a feeling of connection to something beyond oneself, a capacity for compassion or
feeling with, and a sense of responsibility to make a contribution to others and to the world.
Previous edition published in hardcover as Pathways to Spirituality.
INTEGRATIVE MENTAL HEALTH CARE

A Therapists Handbook
JAMES LAKE, MD
Contents: Part I: Foundations 1. The Context of Integrative Mental Health Care 2. Evaluating a
Client from an Integrative Perspective 3. Recommending Treatment and Making Referrals Part
II: Clinical Problem Solving 4. Moderate and Severe Depressed Mood 5. Cyclic Mood Swings and
Mania 6. Generalized Anxiety, Panic Attacks, and Obsessions and Compulsions 7. Hyperactivity
and Distractibility 8. Psychotic Symptoms and Schizophrenia 9. Mild Cognitive Impairment and
Dementia 10. Alcohol and Substance Abuse 11. Insomnia and Daytime Sleepiness Appendix A:
Suggested Reading Appendix B: Web Resources References
HOLISTIC SOLUTIONS FOR ANXIETY & DEPRESSION IN THERAPY

Combining Natural Remedies with Conventional Care
PETER B. BONGIORNO
Bongiorno lays out the basic principles of holistic care, the most salient CAM research to date as well
as its safety concerns, and steps to take to determine if its appropriate to introduce a CAM modality
to your clients treatment. Readers are taught how to assess lifestyle and physiological factors that
can contribute to a clients anxiety and depression, such as sleep, diet, caffeine intake, and exercise,
as well as the most effective vitamins, minerals, botanicals, and mind-body therapies for anxiety
and depression-from amino acids to zinc, acupuncture to Qi gong, and everything in between. With
instructive graphics and loads of case vignettes, this resource if your go-to guide for understanding
the complementary and alternative options for two of therapys most ubiquitous problems.
MORNING MEDITATIONS
Daily Reflections to Awaken Your Power to Change Expert Life Advice
from Health and Wellness Professionals
COMPILED BY NORTON PROFESSIONAL BOOKS
The brilliance, beauty, and bounty of this book caught me off guard. . . . [I]t is written with
such elegance that it encourages you to want to read the next meditation and the next-all day
long. It is chock full of experiences, inviting you to grow with facts, images, and truths-all offered in
a poetic way, so that you are stimulated by the concise wisdom born from shared life experiences.
The Milton H. Erickson Foundation Newsletter
See page 47 for more information.
SACRED THERAPIES
The Kundalini Yoga Meditation Handbook for Mental Health
DAVID SHANNAHOFF-KHALSA
This handbook presents Kundalini yoga protocols that cover all of the major and common
psychiatric disorders. In addition, critical definitions, diagnostic criteria, diagnostic features, and
associated features and disorders are included to give a clearer and more in-depth perspective
on each disorder. These protocols will not only help clinicians prescribe at-home strategies for
self-healing and relief, but will give those suffering from each disorder insight into their own
symptoms and tools for managing them independently.
Contents: 1. A Brief Introduction to Kundalini Yoga Meditation 2. Treating Anxiety and Generalized Anxiety Disorder 3.
Treating ObsessiveCompulsive Disorder and ObsessiveCompulsive Spectrum Disorders 4. Treating Phobias 5. Treating
Panic Attacks and Panic Disorders 6. Treating Acute Stress Disorder 7. Treating Posttraumatic Stress Disorder 8. Treating the
Abused and Battered Psyche 9. Treating the Major Depressive Disorders 10. Treating Grief 11. Treating the Bipolar Disorders
12. Treating the Addictive, Impulse Control, and Eating Disorders 13. Treating Insomnia and Other Sleep Disorders 14.
Treating Chronic Fatigue Syndrome 15. Treating Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity and Comorbid Disorders 16. Treating Dyslexia
and Other Learning Disorders 17. Treating Schizophrenia and the Psychoses 18. Treating the Personality Disorders 19.
Treating Autism and Aspergers Disorder
58
KUNDALINI YOGA MEDITATION FOR COMPLEX PSYCHIATRIC DISORDERS
Techniques Specific for Treating the Psychoses, Personality, and Pervasive
Development Disorders
DAVID S. SHANNAHOFF-KHALSA
This comprehensive resource explains the yogic approach to treating psychiatric disorders that are
not covered in Shannahoff-Khalsas first book, Kundalini Yoga Meditation below.

Contents: Introduction: A Discussion of the Current Needs for Advancing Treatment and the
Potential for the Therapeutic Application of Yogic Medicine for Complex and Multimorbid Psychiatric
Disorders 1. Treating Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders 2. Treating the Personality
Disorders (Paranoid, Schizoid, Schizotypal, Histrionic, Narcissistic, Antisocial, Borderline, Avoidant,
Dependent, and Obsessive-Compulsive Personality Disorders) 3. Treating the Pervasive Developmental Disorders (Autistic
Disorder, Aspergers Disorder, and PDD-NOS) 4. Treating Multimorbidity in Psychiatric Disorders 5. Epilogue: On the Future
for the Treatment and Prevention of Psychiatric Disorders
KUNDALINI YOGA MEDITATION

Techniques Specific for Psychiatric Disorders, Couples Therapy, and Personal Growth
DAVID SHANNAHOFF-KHALSA
[O]ffers a well-described and carefully researched alternative technique for the open-minded
professional and client who have personal involvement in yoga. The Milton H. Erickson
Foundation Newsletter
[A]s an introduction to the use of Kundalini yoga techniques, and in particular to their potential in the
treatment of psychiatric disorders by a teacher and therapist of longstanding experience, it presents an
intriguing study to anyone interested in the field of mental health care. Biodynamic Massage
GETTING STARTED WITH NEUROFEEDBACK

JOHN N. DEMOS
I highly recommend Getting Started with Neurofeedback as a basic and comprehensive text for
students entering the field of neurofeedback, and as a basic reference for those already in practice.
Journal of Neurotherapy
[P]rovides lucid explanations of the mechanisms underlying neurofeedback as well as the research
history that led to its implementation. Perhaps most impressive are the images of brain function
that depict EEG characteristics of common psychological disorders . . . . By making the basics of
neurofeedback accessible in one well-written volume, he has provided an invaluable
service to psychologists and clients alike. PsycCRITIQUES
NEUROFEEDBACK IN THE TREATMENT OF EVOLVING THOUGHT FIELD THERAPY

DEVELOPMENTAL TRAUMA The Clinicians Handbook of Diagnoses,
Calming the Fear-Driven Brain Treatment, and Theory
SEBERN F. FISHER, Foreword by BESSEL A. VAN DER JOHN H. DIEPOLD, JR., VICTORIA BRITT, and SHEILA S.
KOLK, MD BENDER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70786-1 2014 382 pages HC $39.95 ISBN: 978-0-393-70405-1 2004 400 pages HC $37.50
ENERGY PSYCHOLOGY AND EMDR
BODY-MIND PSYCHOTHERAPY Combining Forces for Increased Treatment Efficacy
Principles, Techniques, and Practical Applications JOHN G. HARTUNG and MICHAEL D. GALVIN
SUSAN APOSHYAN ISBN: 978-0-393-70378-8 2002 336 pages HC $40.00
Body-Mind Psychotherapy (BMP) takes the basic tools of
ENERGY PSYCHOLOGY IN PSYCHOTHERAPY
mind-body integration and joins them with an awareness of
A Comprehensive Source Book
emotional development. Working with techniques such as body
awareness, touch, breath, and movement, BMP reintroduces FRED P. GALLO, Editor
the body and its innate wisdom to the theory and practice of ISBN: 978-0-393-70346-7 2002 544 pages HC $65.00
psychotherapy. Unavailable outside the US and UK.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70441-9 2004 304 pages HC $33.00
CREATIVE ENERGIES
MEDITATION FOR THERAPISTS AND THEIR Integrative Energy Psychotherapy for Self-
CLIENTS Expression and Healing
C. ALEXANDER SIMPKINS and ANNELLEN M. SIMPKINS DOROTHEA HOVER-KRAMER, FOREWORDS BY FRED
GALLO and DAVID GRODERMEYER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70565-2 2009 304 pages Pbk $24.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70384-9 2002 288 pages HC $32.00
THE PSYCHOBIOLOGY OF MIND-BODY HEALING
ENERGY DIAGNOSTIC AND TREATMENT METHODS
New Concepts of Therapeutic Hypnosis,
Revised Edition FRED P. GALLO
ISBN: 978-0-393-70312-2 2000 240 pages HC $35.00
ERNEST L. ROSSI
ISBN: 978-0-393-70168-5 1993 384 pages HC $39.00
59
TRANSGENDER CHILDREN AND YOUTH
Cultivating Pride and Joy with Families in Transition
ELIJAH C. NEALY
Kids are coming out as trans at younger and younger ages, which is a good thing for them. But
what written resources are available to mental health professionals who need to support these
children? Elijah C. Nealy, a therapist and former deputy executive director of New York Citys LGBT
Community Center, and himself a trans man, has written the first-ever comprehensive guide to
CHILDREN & ADOLESCENTS
understanding, supporting, and welcoming trans kids. Covering everything from family life to school
and mental health issues, as well as the physical, social, and emotional aspects of transition, this
book is full of best practices to support trans kids. See page 7 for more information.
THE 8 KEYS TO END BULLYING ACTIVITY PROGRAM FOR KIDS & TWEENS
Putting the Keys Into Action at Home & School
SIGNE WHITSON
The 8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Book for Kids & Tweens: Activities, Quizzes, Games, &
Skills for Putting the Keys Into Actionoffers dozens of simple worksheets, games, illustrations,
and targeted resources to cultivate (1) assertiveness, emotion management, and friendship
skills in kids vulnerable to bullying, (2) problem-solving skills for kids who witness bullying,
and (3) empathy and kindness skills in kids who are likely to bully their peers.
The 8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Book Companion Guide for Parents & Educators enhances
the role of parents and professionals in helping young people navigate challenging social dynamics
and overcome bullying. As an efficacy-driven leaders manual for the Activity Book, it provides
helpful guidelines and vital background information for leading kids and students through each
activity and lesson.
AVAILABLE INDIVIDUALLY OR AS A SET.
The 8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Book for Kids & Tweens ISBN: 978-0-393-71180-6 2016 272 pages
Paperback $19.95
Companion Guide for Parents & Educators ISBN: 978-0-393-71182-0 2016 304 pages Pbk $19.95
DISCOUNTED TWO-BOOK SET: The 8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Program for Kids & Tweens and
Companion Guide for Parents & Educators ISBN: 978-0-393-71212-4 Paperback $36.00
Also Available: 8 Keys to End Bullying: Strategies for Parents & Schools (see page 45).
THE DEVELOPMENTAL SCIENCE OF EARLY CHILDHOOD

Clinical Applications of Infant Mental Health Concepts From Infancy
Through Adolescence
CLAUDIA M. GOLD
This friendly guide distills developmental science into key ideas and clinical scenarios that
practitioners can make sense of and use in their day-to-day work. Gold reviews the newest science,
exploring the way relationships change the brain, breakthrough attachment theory, epigenetics, the
polyvagal theory of emotional development, the role of stress response systems, and many other
illuminating concepts.
HOLISTIC HEALTH FOR ADOLESCENTS

NADA MILOSAVLJEVIC
Stress. Fatigue. Depression. Sleeping problems. Issues with focus and concentration. Headaches.
Substance abuse. These problems are all too common for people during their teenage years. This
book presents therapies based around the five sensesincluding aromatherapy, yoga, sound and
music therapyto provide teens with holistic options for healing and regular care of their mental
health. Each chapter includes case examples and the signs and symptoms of a potential health
concern. Dr. Milosavljevic offers the versatile treatment protocols and supportive therapies that can
be useful for treatment and management of symptoms
GUIDED IMAGERY WORK WITH KIDS

Essential Practices to Help Them Manage Stress, Reduce Anxiety, & Build
Self-Esteem
MELLISA DORMOY
Guided imagery has been shown to alleviate a host of common emotional issues in kids, from
anxiety and insecurity to stress, anger, and the effects of bullying. Easier to practice than meditation
or hypnosis, it allows kids to quickly focus, integrate their thoughts, emotions, and feelings, and
practice self-compassion, all without the need for extraordinary discipline or time investment. This
short, practical book lays out all the guidelines for using guided imagery in therapy, counseling, and
any type of helping work with children. It provides dozens of detailed guided imagery scripts that
can immediately be put to use to address a variety of particular emotional challenges.
60
THE TEACHERS GUIDE TO STUDENT MENTAL HEALTH
WILLIAM DIKEL
From anxiety and depression to ADHD, autism spectrum disorders, behavior disorders, substance
use disorders, and psychoses, this practical book provides essential information on how mental
health disorders are diagnosed and treated, how they tend to manifest at school, and how they
affect students emotions, behaviors, and ability to learn.Written by a board-certified child and
adolescent psychiatrist, who serves as a consultant to school districts nationwide, this book is not

only for teachers buttheschool mental health staff (psychologists, social workers, counselors, and
nurses) andstudent families working as a team to best meet the students needs.
CHILD & ADOLESCENT MENTAL HEALTH

A Practical, All-in-One Guide
JESS P. SHATKIN, MD, Foreword by HARVEY KARP, MD
This book is extraordinary . . . Dr. Jess Shatkin has written a book that should be read and
mastered by anyone who wishes to provide state-of-the-art mental health care for children,
adolescents, and families. Harold S. Koplewicz, MD, Founding President of the Child Mind
Institute
Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Prevention 3. Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder 4. Disruptive

Behavior Disorders 5. Learning Disorders 6. Communication Disorders 7. Intellectual Disability 8.
Autism Spectrum Disorders 9. Tourettes and Tic Disorders 10. Anxiety Disorders 11. Trauma 12.
Depression 13. Bipolar Disorder 14. Suicide and Self-Injurious Behavior 15. Schizophrenia and
Psychosis 16. Substance Use Disorders 17. Eating Disorders 18. Sleep Disorders
ISBN: 978-0-393-71060-1 2015 416 pages Papaerback $28.95

Previous edition published in Hardcover as Treating Child & Adolescent Mental Illness: A Practical All-in-One Guide.
CHILDREN WHO FAIL AT EXECUTIVE FUNCTION &

SCHOOL BUT SUCCEED CHILD DEVELOPMENT
AT LIFE MARCIE YEAGER and DANIEL
Lessons from Lives Well- YEAGER
Lived This invaluable resource is a
MARK KATZ, PhD brain-based approach to helping
Mark Katz draws on cutting-edge kids stay focused and achieve.
research findings, as well as It details effective treatment
stories of successful individuals practices for children with
who overcame years of school executive function difficulties.
failure, to show how these Executive functions (EF) involve
children can give counselors, mental processes such as working memory, response
clinicians, healthcare professionals, parents, guardians, and inhibition, shifting focus, cognitive flexibility, self-monitoring,
even people whose own childhood struggles have persisted and goal orientation. Poor EF can result in behavioral and
into their adult years new interventions that will guide them attentional problems in school. Marcie and Daniel Yeagers
toward success. These remedies will combat learning, dynamic interventions provide external support in a planned
behavioral, and emotional challenges; reduce juvenile crime, and systematic manner, allowing children to compensate for
school dropout, and substance abuse; and improve the health difficulties and grow in their ability to intentionally regulate
and well being while preventing medical problems later in life. their thoughts, emotions, and behavior.
ISBN: 978-0-393-71141-7 2016 304 pages ISBN: 978-0-393-70764-9 2013 204 pages HC $24.95
Hardcover $42.00
YOGA THERAPY FOR CHILDREN WITH AUTISM
MENTAL HEALTH FOR THE AND SPECIAL NEEDS
WHOLE CHILD LOUISE GOLDBERG
Moving Young Clients ISBN: 978-0-393-70785-4 2013 240 pages, and 60 photos HC
from Disease & Disorder $24.95
to Balance & Wellness See page 49 for the full listing.
SCOTT M. SHANNON, MD KIDS ON MEDS

Grounded in an integrative Up-to-Date Information About the Most
approach, Shannon shows Commonly Prescribed Psychiatric Medications
clinicians how to achieve a broad, KEVIN T. KALIKOW
full-spectrum understanding of ISBN: 978-0-393-70637-6 2011 441 pgs HC POD $27.95
a childs life, from their diet and
social skills to their sleep habits, THE ADOLESCENT & YOUNG ADULT SELF-
stress level, family dynamics, and more. From here, he offers HARMING TREATMENT MANUAL
step-by-step assessment strategies and treatment plans for a A Collaborative Strengths-Based Brief Therapy
host of common childhood mental health issues, emphasizing Approach
a range of cognitive, behavioral, nutritional, and parenting MATTHEW D. SELEKMAN
interventions. ISBN: 978-0-393-70567-6 2009 335 pages Pbk $33.95
Covered: Disease & Disorder Protocols, ADHD, Depression,
Behavioral Issues, Anxiety and OCD, Bipolar Disorder, WORKING WITH SELF-HARMING ADOLESCENTS
Substance Abuse, Autism Spectrum Disorders, Trauma and A Collaborative, Strengths-Based Therapy
PTSD Approach
MATTHEW D. SELEKMAN, Foreword by BILL OHANLON
ISBN: 978-0-393-70797-7 2013 416 pages
ISBN: 978-0-393-70499-0 2006 256 pages Pbk $22.95
Hardcover $37.50
61
ADOLESCENT THERAPY SIGNS OF SAFETY
THAT REALLY WORKS A Solution and Safety
Helping Kids Who Never Oriented Approach to
Asked for Help in the First Child Protection Casework
Place ANDREW TURNELL and
JANET SASSON EDGETTE STEVE EDWARDS
[Edgette] is one of those In this book, child protection
rare adults who understands workers will find a new child

adolescents obsession with all protection assessment and
things phony. She writes with planning protocol that allows for
chatty authority about what the comprehensive risk assessment,
experience of therapy feels like incorporating both danger and
for teens, mapping the many shoals on which adolescent safety and the perspectives of both professionals and service
therapy can founder. Psychotherapy Networker recipients (parents). The authors provide practical, hands-on
strategies for building a partnership with parents, which may,
Focusing on building positive, unaffected relationships
in the long run, prevent abuse and family dissolution.
with teenagers, this book shows therapists how to facilitate
conversation that is candid, constructive, and respectful. ISBN: 978-0-393-70300-9 1999 240 pages HC POD
$35.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70500-3 2006 224 pages Pbk $22.95
Originally published in hardcover as Candor, Connection, and NURTURING QUEER YOUTH

Enterprise in Adolescent Therapy. Family Therapy Transformed
LINDA STONE FISH and REBECCA G. HARVEY
TEENS IN THERAPY
The authors integrate queer theory with family
Making It Their Own
therapy to create a model that is truly groundbreaking
RICHARD BROMFIELD . . . . [T]hese thoughtful, insightful, progressive clinicians teach
Lively, practical, note-perfect guidance to therapists us how to examine unchallenged assumptions and push our
of adolescents. New England Psychologist clients and ourselves to achieve the broadened perspectives
Filled with rich case material, Teens in Therapy focuses and subsequent healing transformations that make this
on the stories and perspectives of adolescents themselves, nurturance possible. Child and Adolescent Social Work
arming therapists with a dearer sense of purpose and Journal
strategy. Adolescence ISBN: 978-0-393-70455-6 2005 256 pages HC $27.50
ISBN: 978-0-393-70464-8 2005 208 pages Pbk $25.00
POSTTRAUMATIC STRESS DISORDERS IN
NO-TALK THERAPY FOR CHILDREN AND CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS
ADOLESCENTS Handbook
MARTHA B. STRAUS RAUL R. SILVA, Editor
Weaving practical, hands-on ideas with theory and research This book is an expert guide to the most salient issues
about child development, child treatment, and the therapeutic pertaining to PTSD, stress, trauma, and the concurrent
relationship, this book describes an innovative approach to conditions that affect children and adolescents. The rich mix
treatment of children and adolescents who wont or cant of clinical experience and research constitutes a thorough
respond to traditional, conversation-based therapy. Going introduction for practitioners.
beyond other methods, no-talk therapy emphasizes individual ISBN: 978-0-393-70412-9 2003 376 pages Pbk $24.95
connection, competence, and creativity.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70286-6 1999 288 pages HC $29.95 CHILD ANXIETY DISORDERS
A Family-Based Treatment Manual for
ADOLESCENT GIRLS IN CRISIS Practitioners
Intervention and Hope JEFFREY K. WOOD and BRYCE D. McLEOD
MARTHA B. STRAUS ISBN: 978-0-393-70540-9 2008 272 pages HC POD
ISBN: 978-0-393-70447-1 2007 400 page HC $35.00 $32. 00
THE CHILDS VOICE IN FAMILY THERAPY CHILDREN WITH SEXUAL BEHAVIOR PROBLEMS
A Systemic Perspective Family-Based, Attachment-Focused Therapy
CAROLE GAMMER WILLIAM N. FRIEDRICH
ISBN: 978-0-393-70541-6 2008 304 pages HC $35.00 ISBN: 978-0-393-70498-3 2007 320 pages HC POD
$32.00
MAGICAL MOMENTS OF CHANGE
CHILD-FRIENDLY THERAPY
How Psychotherapy Turns Kids Around
Biopsychosocial Innovations for Children &
LENORE TERR Families
ISBN: 978-0-393-70530-0 2008 304 pages HC $30.00
MARCIA B. STERN Foreword by HAROLD S.
CHANGE-ORIENTED THERAPY WITH KOPLEWICZ, MD
ISBN: 978-0-393-70564-5 2008 384 pages Pbk $29.00
ADOLESCENTS AND YOUNG ADULTS
A New Generation of Respectful and Effective NONVERBAL LEARNING DISABILITIES
Processes and Practices
A Clinical Perspective
BOB BERTOLINO
JOSEPH PALOMBO
ISBN: 978-0-393-70409-9 2003 220 pages HC $32.00
$37.50
GUIDE TO EARLY PSYCHOLOGICAL EVALUATION:
CHILDREN & ADOLESCENTS LEARNING DISORDERS AND DISORDERS OF THE
RAY CHRISTNER, ARTHUR FREEMAN, COREY J. NIGRO, SELF IN CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS
and TAYMOOR SARDAR
JOSEPH PALOMBO
ISBN: 978-0-393-70539-6 2010 208 pages Pbk 18.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70377-1 2001 336 pages HC
$35.00
62
THE PRISM WORKBOOK RESIDENTIAL TREATMENT
A Program for Innovative Self-Management A Cooperative, Competency-Based Approach to
DAVID B. WEXLER Therapy and Program Design
ISBN: 978-0-393-70119-7 1991 78 pages Pbk POD MICHAEL DURRANT
$13.95 ISBN: 978-0-393-70154-8 1993 240 pages Pbk $32.00
THE ADVANCED PRISM WORKBOOK CHILDREN IN DISTRESS

DAVID B. WEXLER A Guide for Screening Childrens Art
ISBN: 978-0-393-70153-1 1992 72 pgs Pbk POD $12.00 LINDA WHITNEY PETERSON and MILTON EDWARD
HARDIN
THE ADOLESCENT SELF ISBN: 978-0-393-70248-4 1997 144 pages Spiralbound
Strategies for Self-Management, Self-Soothing, $47.50
and Self-Esteem in Adolescents
DAVID B. WEXLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70114-2 1991 208 pgs HC POD $22.95
THE SCIENCE OF ADDICTION ESSENTIALS
ADDICTIONS & RECOVERY

ADDICTION, Second Edition The Go-To Guide for
From Neurobiology to Clinicians and Patients
Treatment NEW
CARLTON K. ERICKSON
CARLTON K. ERICKSON Only now is science catching
The Science of Addiction up with clinicians and sober/
explains, in an easy-to- abstinent addicts to explain how
understand way, changes in the addiction, abuse, and recovery
terminology and characterization work. Ericksons seminal guide
of addiction that are emerging allies the science to practice:
based on new neurobiological clinicians and scientists alike
research. This updated edition should read it in order to start
reflects the developments in treatment, philosophy, and policy a new dialogue of wisdom with each other and increase
around addiction made in the decade since its original best- recovery exponentially. Deirdre Boyd, editor of Addiction
selling publication. Today and CEO of Addiction Recovery Foundation
ISBN: 978-0-393-71207-0 March 2018 352 pages Hardcover Written by one of the countrys leading addiction specialists,
$37.50 this accessible, comprehensive book is a go-to reference for
See page 8 for Table of Contents. your questions about addiction, and a practical introduction to
the diagnosis and treatment options.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70615-4 2011 200 pages Pbk $21.95
A CLINICIANS GUIDE TO 12-STEP RECOVERY BEFORE ITS TOO LATE

Integrating 12-Step Programs into Psychotherapy Working with Substance Abuse in the Family
MARK SCHENKER DAVID C. TREADWAY
ISBN: 978-0-393-70546-1 2009 224 pages Pbk POD ISBN: 978-0-393-70068-8 1989 224 pages Pbk $24.95
$29.00 Unavailable outside the US.
COCAINE AND METHAMPHETAMINE ADDICTION WORKING WITH THE PROBLEM DRINKER

Treatment and Recovery A Solution-Focused Approach
ARNOLD WASHTON and JOAN ELLEN ZWEBEN INSOO KIM BERG and SCOTT D. MILLER
ISBN: 978-0-393-70302-3 2009 288 pages HC $29.95 ISBN: 978-0-393-70134-0 1992 240 pages Pbk POD
$27.00
PATIENTS WITH SUBSTANCE ABUSE PROBLEMS
Effective Identification, Diagnosis, and Treatment OVERCOMING ADDICTIONS
EDGAR P. NACE and JOYCE A. TINSLEY Skills Training for People with Schizophrenia
ISBN: 978-0-393-70511-9 2007 224 pages HC $22.95 LISA J. ROBERTS, ANDREW SHANER, and THAD A. ECKMAN
ADDICTIONS AND TRAUMA RECOVERY $29.95
Healing the Body, Mind, & Spirit
DUSTY MILLER and LAURIE GUIDRY
SUBSTANCE ABUSE IN ADOLESCENTS AND
ISBN: 978-0-393-70368-9 2001 240 pages Pbk $25.00
YOUNG ADULTS
A Guide to Treatment
SOLUTIONS STEP BY STEP JOSEPH NOWINSKI
A Substance Abuse Treatment Manual ISBN: 978-0-393-70097-8 1990 272 pages Pbk POD
INSOO KIM BERG and NORMAN H. REUSS $29.95 Unavailable outside the US and UK.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70251-4 1997 192 pages Prbk $25.00
THE HEALING BOND
SOLUTIONS STEP BY STEP DVD Treating Addictions in Groups
Substance Abuse Treatment Demonstrations RONALD L. ROGERS and C. SCOTT MCMILLIN
INSOO KIM BERG ISBN: 978-0-393-70088-6 1989 192 pages Pbk $13.95
ISBN: 978-0-393-70260-6 1997 103 minutes $100.00
63
INTEGRATIVE TEAM TREATMENT FOR ATTACHMENT TRAUMA IN CHILDREN
Family Therapy and EMDR
DEBRA WESSELMANN, CATHY SCHWEITZER, and STEFANIE ARMSTRONG
By working as a collaborative team, EMDR and family therapists can strengthen the parent-child
attachment bond and help to mend the early experiences that drive the childs behavior. This book,
and its accompanying Parent Manual, Integrative Parenting (below), serve as clear and practical
treatment guides, presenting the philosophy and step-by-step protocols behind the Integrative Team
EMDR
Treatment approach, so both the family system issues and the childs traumatic past are effectively
addressed. With at least one fully trained EMDR practitioner as part of the two-person team, any
clinician can pair with another to implement this treatment approach, and heal children suffering
from attachment trauma.
Topics include: The Impact of Neurobiology on the Field of Attachment Therapy Overview of the Integrative Team
Treatment Model Case Conceptualization and Treatment Planning Using the AIP Model Foundational Work in Family
Therapy Component Attachment Resource Development and Other EMDR Preparation Activities for Children with a History
of Attachment Trauma Adaptations for EMDR Reprocessing of Attachment Trauma with Children When Parents had a
Difficult Childhood Case Examples
INTEGRATIVE PARENTING EMDR SOLUTIONS II

Strategies for Raising For Depression, Eating
Children Affected by Disorders, Performance,
Attachment Trauma and More
DEBRA WESSELMANN, ROBIN SHAPIRO, Editor
CATHY SCHWEITZER, I encourage you to embrace
STEFANIE ARMSTRONG this treasure trove of gifts
Designed as a manual to by some of our most well-
complement the Integrative respected EMDR clinicians/
Team Treatment for Attachment authors. Journal of EMDR
Trauma in Children clinicians Practice and Research
guide, this book is written Each chapter teems with practical therapeutic strategies and
for birth, foster, or adoptive parents, aunts and uncles, clinical insights, presented in step-by-step instructions that
grandparents, or anyone who may be raising a child who has show just how to implement a particular EMDR solution with
experienced attachment loss and trauma. clients. Features 18 expert EMDR practitioners.
Contents: 1. Scared Children, Not Scary Children 2. Contents include: 5 chapters on EMDR and
Creating Connections 3. Solutions to Challenging depression, including assessment, trauma-
Behaviors 4. Becoming a Happier Parent 5. Boundaries based,endogenous,shame-based, and attachment-
and Consequences with Love and Attunement baseddepression 8 chapters on EMDR and
eating disorders, including neurobiology, ego
ISBN: 978-0-393-70817-2 2014 224 pages Pbk $22.95
states, bulimia nervosa, desensitizing desire,body
dysmorphia,andrelapse prevention EMDR and
ATTACHMENT-FOCUSED
coaching EMDR and positive psychology EMDR
EMDR
with performance issues EMDR with complex trauma,
LAUREL PARNELL, including the early trauma protocol somatic and ego
Foreword by DANIEL J. SIEGEL state interventions EMDR with obsessive-compulsive
Readers will benefit from personality disorder EMDR withmedical trauma,
Parnells wisdom, clinical including birth-related trauma treating chemical
experience, and direct and down- sensitivities EMDR with sex offenders EMDR with the
to-earth writing style, as well as religious and spiritually attuned
the case examples she provides
with transcripts from actual ISBN: 978-0-393-70588-1 2009 528 pages HC $44.95
sessions. I highly recommend
this book-with its relational EMDR SOLUTIONS
focus, it will enrich and deepen the practice of any Pathways to Healing
clinician interested in working more effectively. ROBIN SHAPIRO, Editor
Diana Fosha, PhD, Developer of AEDP, coeditor of The This book brings together 15 expert EMDR practitioners
Healing Power of Emotion who possess renowned therapeutic skill and years of clinical
experience. Each chapter teems with practical therapeutic
Topics include: The Five Basic Principles of Attachment-
strategies and clinical insights, presented as step-by-step
Focused EMDR Therapist Characteristics and Skills
instructions that show just how to implement a particular
for Attachment Repair Creating New Parents and
EMDR solution with clients. Illustrated with relevant case
Repairing Developmental Deficits Case Histories
histories and concrete examples drawn from diverse client
Love Resources Creating the Safe Therapeutic
populations, this book develops the Standard Protocol for
Container Creating Targets and Modifying the Protocol
EMDR in creative and highly effective ways.
Reevaluation and the Pacing of Treatment Bringing
an Attachment Focus to Desensitization Using ISBN: 978-0-393-70467-9 2005 368 pages HC $39.00
Interweaves to Unblock Processing Five EMDR Sessions
Demonstrating the Use of Interweaves to Repair DISCOUNTED TWO-BOOK SET:
Attachment Trauma Case Examples EMDR Solutions and EMDR Solutions II set:
ISBN: 978-0-393-70640-6 $74.00
ISBN: 978-0-393-70745-8 2013 256 pages HC $39.95
See page 65 for another book by Laurel Parnell. See page 31 for Trauma Treatment Handbook
and page 36 for Robin Shapiros Easy Ego State
Interventions.
64
EMDR ESSENTIALS LIGHT IN THE HEART OF
A Guide for Clients and DARKNESS
Therapists EMDR and the Treatment
BARB MAIBERGER of War and Terrorism
Survivors
This concise handbook, written
by a veteran EMDR practitioner, STEVEN M. SILVER and
explains EMDR in a simple, SUSAN ROGERS,
EMDR
straightforward way so that Forewords by
FRANCINE SHAPIRO and
readers will know what to expect
HOWARD LIPKE
and how to prepare themselves
for treatment. Many books Focusing on the application of
on the subject delve into the EMDR to survivors traumatic
theory or technical aspects of EMDR. This book does just the experiences, this book covers a wide range of subject matter
opposite. Maiberger focuses on the basics in an easy-to-read including school violence, near-war experiences, refugees,
way so clients and therapists alike can quickly understand combat soldiers, children, and emergency service workers.
what its all about. The book also includes extensive case histories as well as a
consumers report from a war medic whose chronic PTSD
Contents: Part I: An Inside Look at EMDR Therapy 1. was successfully treated with EMDR.
Beginning EMDR Therapy 2. Trauma, Memory, and Your ISBN: 978-0-393-70366-5 2001 240 pages HC $32.00
Brain 3. The Phases of EMDR Therapy 4. Why EMDR
Works 5. How EMDR Differs from Other Therapies 6. EMDR CASEBOOK
EMDR for Children 7. Safety Measures for EMDR Part II: A Casebook of Innovative Applications
Transformational Stories 8. Regaining Control After a
PHILIP MANFIELD, Editor
Childhood Traumatic Event: Mary 9. Decreasing Anxiety
The broad range of EMDR is explored via case examples
by Letting Go of Control: Carolyn 10. Overcoming
addressing complex emotional problems such as postpartum
Emotional Eating: Bob 11. Moving Through Grief: Betsy
depression, survivor guilt, and the effects of child abuse. A
12. Finding Courage After Sexual Abuse: Joan 13.
new chapter on PTSD, written in the wake of September 11, is
Defeating the Devastation of War: Sam 14. Reclaiming
featured in this paperback edition of Manfields acclaimed work.
Power After Rape: Rebecca 15. Conquering Fear: Tyler
and Robert 16. Performance Enhancement: Darrell ISBN: 978-0-393-70416-7 2003 364 pages Pbk POD
Appendix A: Glossary of Terms Appendix B: Resources $24.95
Available on the Internet
ENERGY PSYCHOLOGY AND EMDR
ISBN: 978-0-393-70569-0 2009 256 pages Pbk $24.95 Combining Forces for Increased Treatment
Efficacy
EMDR IN THE TREATMENT JOHN G. HARTUNG and MICHAEL D. GALVIN
OF ADULTS ABUSED AS Using case studies from their clinical practices, the authors
CHILDREN demonstrate how EMDR and EP in combination can be
LAUREL PARNELL used with greater impact to meet various therapy challenges:
Dr. Parnell has effectively transference and countertransference, severe trauma,
drawn together a wide range of abreactions, dissociation, dilemmas, looping and blocking,
suggestions and case examples so-called client resistance, and the problem of maintaining
to assist clinicians in using EMDR treatment effects.
with difficult and complex cases ISBN: 978-0-393-70378-8 2002 336 pages HC $40.00
of adult survivors of childhood
abuse. An excellent complement FINDING THE ENERGY TO HEAL
to the standard EMDR textbook How EMDR, Hypnosis, TFT, Imagery, and Body-
and training for those working with this important population. Focused Therapy Can Help Restore Mindbody
Francine Shapiro, PhD, Senior Research Fellow, Mental Health
Research Institute, Executive Director, EMDR Institute MAGGIE PHILLIPS
ISBN: 978-0-393-70298-9 1999 240 pages HC POD Vivid, intriguing stories illustrate how EMDR, hypnosis, imagery,
$35.00 TFT, and body-focused therapy can be used to solve the
mysteries of health crises triggered by general stresses and
THROUGH THE EYES OF A CHILD anxiety, posttraumatic stress, and the challenges of organic
EMDR with Children conditions such as cancer, head injury, arthritis, and cardiac
ROBERT H. TINKER and SANDRA A. WILSON disease.
ISBN: 978-0-393-70287-3 1999 240 pages Pbk POD ISBN: 978-0-393-70326-9 2000 272 pages Pbk, Flexibound
$37.00 $35.00
For US customers only: We will accept advance orders and ship books immediately when available. Prices
are subject to change. Undamaged books may be returned within 30 days for a full refund. DVDs and CDs are
nonreturnable
Other discounts are available for libraries, wholesalers, institutes, and subscription services. Books may also be
ordered at a discount for workshops, conferences, and author appearances. Prices and terms listed herein are for
individual purchases from this catalog. For Nortons terms for retailers and wholesalers, or for purchases in bulk,
please call customer service at 800-233-4830.
Please direct further inquiries to:

NMH Marketing Director, W. W. Norton, 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10110
212-790-4323, fax: 212-869-0856, email: nmh@wwnorton.com
65
INDEX
10 Best Anxiety Busters, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Brandt, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46, 48 Flemons, Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 40, 50
10 Best-Ever Anxiety Management Techniques Workbook, Bread & Spirit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Finding the Energy to Heal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Second Ed., The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 44 Bremner, J. Douglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 32 Findlay, Joanna Clyde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
10 Best-Ever Anxiety Management Techniques, Second Ed., Brennan, Ian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Fink, Bruce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 41
The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 44 Brief Coaching for Lasting Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Fisch, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
10 Best-Ever Depression Management Techniques, Second Britt, Victoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Fishbane, Mona DeKoven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Ed.,The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 44 Britton, Patti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Fisher, Janna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
10 Principles for Doing Effective Couples Therapy . . . . . . . . . 22 Brown, Daniel P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Fisher, Sebern F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 59
101 Solution-Focused Questions for Help with Anxiety . . . . . 51 Brown, Richard P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 58 Fishing for Barracuda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
101 Solution-Focused Questions for Help with Depression . 51 Building Solutions in Child Protective Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Fiske, Kate E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 55
101 Solution-Focused Questions for Help with Trauma . . . . 51 Building Your Ideal Private Practice, Second Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Focusing in Clinical Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
101 Solution-Focused Questions Series Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Burke, Lillian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Fogel, Alan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
201 Positive Psychology Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 30 Burti, Lorenzo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Fosha, Diana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
8 Keys to Brain-Body Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Business and Practice of Coaching, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Foundational Concepts in Neuroscience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
8 Keys to Building Your Best Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Caby, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Frederick, Claire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
8 Keys to Eliminating Passive-Aggressiveness . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Caby, Filip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Freedman, Jill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
8 Keys to End Bullying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Cashdan, Sheldon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Freeman, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
8 Keys to End Bullying Activity Program for Kids & Tweens, The Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Freeman, Jennifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 60 Change 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Frewen, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
8 Keys to Forgiveness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Change in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Friedrich, William N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
8 Keys to Mental Health Through Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Change-Oriented Therapy With Adolescents and Young Adults From Axons to Identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
8 Keys to Old School Parenting for Modern-Day Families . . 46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Fundamentals of Psychoanalytic Technique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
8 Keys to Parenting Children with ADHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Changing Minds in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Gafner, George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
8 Keys to Practicing Mindfulness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Chapman, Linda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Gallo, Fred P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
8 Keys to Raising the Quirky Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Character Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Galvin, Michael D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 65
8 Keys to Recovery from an Eating Disorder . . . . . . . . . 35, 44 Characterological Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Galynker, Igor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
8 Keys to Recovery from an Eating Disorder Workbook 35, 44 Charting the Course for Treating Children with Autism . . . . 49 Gambescia, Nancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
8 Keys to Safe Trauma Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Chefetz, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Gammer, Carole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
8 Keys to Stress Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Child & Adolescent Mental Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Gender Loving Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Abblett, Mitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Child Anxiety Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Genogram Casebook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Acceptance and Change in Couple Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Child Temperament . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Genogram Journey, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Addiction Essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Child-Friendly Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Genograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Addictions and Trauma Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 63 Childs Voice in Family Therapy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Gerbarg, Patricia L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 57
Addis, Michael E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Children in Distress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Gerson, Randy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Adolescent & Young Adult Self- Harming Treatment Manual, Children Who Fail at School But Succeed at Life . . . . . . . . . . 61 Getting Started with Neurofeedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Children with Sexual Behavior Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Gilligan, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Adolescent Girls in Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Childrens Solution Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Ginot, Efrat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Adolescent Self, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Christensen, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Gold, Claudia M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Adolescent Therapy That Really Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Christner, Ray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Goldberg, Louise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 61
Adult Children of Parental Alienation Syndrome . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Chudler, Eric H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Goldenthal, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Advanced PRISM Workbook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Clinical Introduction to Freud, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Goldrich, Cindy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Affect Dysregulation and Disorders of the Self . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Clinical Intuition in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Good Mood Kitchen and Nutrition Essentials for Mental Health,
Affect Regulation and the Repair of the Self . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Clinical Pearls of Wisdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Two-Book Set, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Affect Regulation Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Clinicians Guide to 12-Step Recovery, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Good Mood Kitchen, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Affect Regulation Toolbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Clues: Investigating Solutions in Brief Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Goodwin, E. Anna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Agronin, Marc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Coaching Plain & Simple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Gottman, John M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 22, 52
Aiken, Chris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 48 Coaching Starter Kit, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Gottman, Julie Schwartz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 22, 52
Alexander, Pamela C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Coachville.com . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Gralnik, Leonard M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Allen, Wendy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Cocaine and Methamphetamine Addiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Grant, Jon E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Alpert, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Cognitive Grief Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Green, Ronald L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Alzheimers Family, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Cognitive Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Green, Shelley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Anatomy and Physiology for Psychotherapists . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Cognitive Therapy in Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Grodzki, Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 34
Andreas, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 47 Cohen, Phyllis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Guide to Early Psychological Evaluation: Children &
Anger Antidotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Combs, Gene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Anxiety + Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Community Mental Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Guide to Inclusive Therapy, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Anxiety Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Compiled by Norton Professional Books . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 58 Guide to Possibility Land, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Anxious Brain, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Constructing the Sexual Crucible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Guide to Trance Land, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 51
Aponte, Harry J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Contemplative Psychotherapy Essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Guided Imagery Work with Kids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Aposhyan, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Coping with Trauma-Related Dissociation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Guidry, Laurie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 63
Applegate, Jeffrey S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Cornell, Ann Weiser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Hakomi Mindfulness-Centered Somatic Psychotherapy . . . . 36
Archaeology of Mind, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Costin, Carolyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 44 Hammond, D. Corydon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Armstrong, Courtney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Countertransference in Couples Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Handbook of Hypnotic Inductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Armstrong, Stefanie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Handbook of Hypnotic Suggestions and Metaphors . . . . . . . 50
Couple Is Telling You What You Need to Know, The . . . . . . . 52
Art of Sex Coaching, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Hardin, Milton Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Courage to Love, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Art of the First Session, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Hart, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Courtois, Christine A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Art Therapy & the Neuroscience of Relationships, Creativity, & Hartung, John G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 65
Resiliency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Cozolino, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 42
Creating Competence from Chaos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Harvey, Rebecca G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Asperger Syndrome in Adulthood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Hass-Cohen, Noah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Assessing Adult Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Creative Energies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Crittenden, Patricia Mckinsey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Haunted Self, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
At Personal Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Healing Bond, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Atkinson, Brent J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Cullinane, Diane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Davignon, Janice Plunkett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Healing Moments in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Attachment Disturbances in Adults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Healing Power of Emotion, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Attachment Therapy Companion, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Daitch, Carolyn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 41, 48, 50
Dao of Neuroscience, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Healing Power of Writing, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Attachment-Based Yoga & Meditation for Trauma Recovery 29 Healing the Divided Self . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Attachment-Focused EMDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Davies, Kyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Davis Bush, Ashley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Healing the Incest Wound, Second Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Attachment-Focused Family Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Healing the Traumatized Self . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Attachment-Focused Family Therapy Workbook . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Davis, Deborah C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Davis, Ken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Healing Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 32
Attachment-Focused Parenting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Healthy Aging Brain, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Austin, Jehannine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 De Shazer, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Demos, John N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Heart of Trauma, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Autism and the Family . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 55 Heat of the Moment in Treatment, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Awakening Clinical Intuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Denborough, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Depression in Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Heller, Michael C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Badenoch, Bonnie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Help for the Helper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Baker, Amy J. L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Desmond, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 36
Developmental Science of Early Childhood, The . . . . . . . . . . 60 Hernandez, Joseph L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Bannink, Fredrike . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 31 Hibbert, Christina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Bavelas, Janet Beavin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Diamond, Ronald J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 35, 48
Diepold, Jr., John H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Higgins-Klein, Dottie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Baylin, Jonathan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 24, 48 Hill, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Beadle, Sandy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Dikel, William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Hill, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 48
Becker-Weidman, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Dissociation Model of Borderline Personality Disorder, A . . . 25
Hiller, Tobey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Becoming a Professional Life Coach, Second Ed. . . . . . . . . . 33 Does Stress Damage the Brain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Holistic Health for Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 60
Becoming a Published Therapist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Doing Contextual Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Holistic Solutions for Anxiety & Depression in Therapy . . . . . 58
Beebe, Beatrice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Doing Couple Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hover-Kramer, Dorothea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Before Its Too Late . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Dolan, Yvonne M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
How People Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Behavioral Challenges in Children with Autism and Other Dormoy, Mellisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
How to Talk to Families About Child and Adolescent Mental
Special Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Drake, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Illness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Behavioral Neuroscience of Adolescence, The . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Dube, Diana Elisabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 How to Talk to Parents About Autism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Being a Brain-Wise Therapist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Duncan, Barry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 How to Talk with Families About Genetics and Psychiatric
Beitman, Bernard D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Durrant, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Illness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Belmont, Judith A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Duvall, Jim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 How to Use Herbs, Nutrients & Yoga in Mental Health . 48, 57
Bender, Sheila S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Easy Ego State Interventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Hubble, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Benson the Boxer Program for Grief and Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Eckman, Thad A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Hughes, Daniel A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 24, 46, 48, 54
Benson, Sonja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Edgette, Janet Sasson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Humanizing the Narcissistic Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Bres, Laura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Edwards, Steve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Hunt, Holly A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Berg, Insoo Kim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 51, 63 Ego States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 If Only I Had Known . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Bergman, Joel S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Ehrenberg, Darlene Bregman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Imber-Black, Evan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Bertolino. Bob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 62 Ehrmann, Lois . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Impact of Attachment, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Biel, Lindsey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Elliott, David S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Impulse Control Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Bipolar, Not So Much . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 48 Elson, Miriam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 In Search of Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Biting the Hand that Starves You . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 EMDR Casebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Infant Research & Neuroscience at Work in Psychotherapy . 26
Biven, Lucy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 EMDR Essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Infant/Child Mental Health, Early Intervention, and
Bobes, Norman S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 EMDR in the Treatment of Adults Abused as Children . . . . . 65 Relationship-Based Therapies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Bobes, Toby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 EMDR Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Innovations in Narrative Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Bobrow, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 EMDR Solutions II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Instant Psychopharmacology, Third Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Body Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Emerson, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Integrated Treatment of Eating Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Body Remembers & The Body Remembers, Vol. 2, Two-Book Emotional Foundations of Personality, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Integrative Mental Health Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Set, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Emotional Intelligence in Couples Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Integrative Parenting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Body Remembers Casebook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Energy Diagnostic and Treatment Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Integrative Team Treatment for Attachment Trauma in Children
Body Remembers, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 30 Energy Psychology and EMDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Body Remembers, Volume 2, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Energy Psychology in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Intelligent Body, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Body Sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Enright, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Intensive Psychotherapy for Persistent Dissociative Processes
Body-Mind Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Epston, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Bgels, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Erickson, Carlton K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 63 Intergenerational Cycles of Trauma and Violence . . . . . . . . . 31
Bongiorno, Peter B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Escape from Babel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Interpersonal Neurobiology of Play, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Boon, Suzette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Essential Psychopathology and Its Treatment, 4th Ed. . . . . . . 28 Intimate Edge, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Boot Camp Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Essential Psychopathology Casebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Jackson, Don D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Borden, Alisa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Essentials of Private Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Jacobson, Neil S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 52
Borderline Personality Disorder and the Conversational Model Ettner, Randi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Jenkins, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Evaluating Couples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Johanson, Gregory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Borkin, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Even From a Broken Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Johnson, Lise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Boss, Pauline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Evidence-Based Mental Health Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Johnson, Stephen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 43
Boston Change Process Study Group, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Evolving Thought Field Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Johnston, Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Bowen, Murray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 Executive Function & Child Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Kaiser, Tamara L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Bowers, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Family Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Kalikow, Kevin T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 61
Brain Bytes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Family Guide to Mental Health Care, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Karpel, Mark A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Brain Change Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Family Wellness Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Katehakis, Alexandra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Brain Imaging Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Fay, Deirdre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Katz, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Brain Model & Puzzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Feeling Brain, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Kelly Jr., Vernon C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Brain-Based Parenting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 48 Feinberg, Todd E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Kelly, Linda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Brain-Savvy Therapists Workbook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Ferry, Karen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Kelly, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
66
INDEX
Kerman, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Nicholas, Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Silva, Raul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 62
Kerr, Michael E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Nigro, Corey J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Silver, Steven M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Kershaw, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Nijenhuis, Ellert R. S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Simpkins, Annellen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50, 59
Kestly, Theresa A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 No-Talk Therapy for Children and Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Simpkins, C. Alexander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 50, 59
Kids on Meds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Non-Drug Treatments for ADHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 57 Simple Self-Care for Therapists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Kilgus, Mark D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Nonverbal Learning Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Sobel, Stephen V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
King, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Northoff, Georg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Solomon, Marion F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 19, 25, 32, 51, 52
Knox, Jean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Not On Speaking Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Solution-Oriented Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Koenig, Karen R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Nowinski, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Solution-Oriented Spirituality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Koenig, Kathleen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Nurturing Queer Youth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Solution-Oriented Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Kohut Seminars, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Nutrition Essentials for Mental Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Solutions Step by Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Kolbasovsky, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 OConnor, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Solutions Step by Step DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Korn, Leslie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 OHanlon, Bill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 34, 40, 50, 51 Spear, Linda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Kort, Joe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 OHanlon, William Hudson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Spectrum Approach to Mood Disorders, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Kottler, Jeffrey A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Object Relations Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Odell, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Stauffer, Kathrin A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Kraly, F. Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Kundalini Yoga Meditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Of One Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Steele, Kathy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 24
Kundalini Yoga Meditation for Complex Psychiatric Disorders59 Ogden, Pat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Steiner, Therese . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Labovitz Boik, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Olson, Leah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Stern, Daniel N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Lachmann, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Ostrander, Robyn L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Stern, Lenora . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Lake, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Out of the Blue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Stern, Marcia B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Lamia, Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Overcoming Addictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Stoddart, Kevin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Landini, Andrea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Pain, Clare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Stone Fish, Linda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Lanius, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Pally, Regina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 48 Stop Domestic Violence, Third Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Learning Disorders and Disorders of the Self in Children and Palombo, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Stop Program for Women, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Panksepp, Jaak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5, 16 Stop Program: For Women Who Abuse, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Learning Psychotherapy, 2nd Ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Parenting the Whole Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Stories that Heal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Lebow, Denise H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Parnell, Laurel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 65 Straus, Martha B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Lesser Bruun, Elena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 52 Patients with Substance Abuse Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Substance Abuse in Adolescents and Young Adults . . . . . . . . 63
LGBTQ Clients in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Pearlman, Laurie Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Successful Psychopharmacology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Light in the Heart of Darkness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Peay, Holly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Szab, Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
LIllas, Connie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Persons, Jacqueline B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Taibbi, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 43
Lindblad-Goldberg, Marion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Peterson, Linda Whitney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Taking Out Your Mental Trash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Little Book of Neuroscience Haiku, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Peterson, Marilyn R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Talking to Families About Mental Illness: What Clinicians Need
Living Beyond Loss, Second Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Petry, Sueli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 to Know . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Lobovitz, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Peyton, Sarah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Tatkin, Stan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Lorberbaum, Lissah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 48 Phelps, James . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 48 Teachers Guide to Student Mental Health, The . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Loss, Trauma, and Resilience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Phillips, Maggie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 65 Teens in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Love and War in Intimate Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Pierolf, Kirsten . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33 Terr, Lenore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Loving with the Brain in Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Plakun, Eric M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Theaters of the Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Lukas, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Play and Creativity in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Therapeutic Aha!, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Lynde, David W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Playful Approaches to Serious Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Therapeutic Conversations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Lyons, Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Pocket Guide to Interpersonal Neurobiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Madanes, Clo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Pocket Guide to the Polyvagal Theory, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Therapist As Life Coach, Second Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Magical Moments of Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Polyvagal Theory and the Pocket Guide to the Polyvagal Therapist in the Real World, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Maiberger, Barb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Theory, Two-Book Set, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Therapists Guide to Understanding Common Medical
Maisel, Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Polyvagal Theory, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 16 Problems, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Making of a Therapist, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Porges, Stephen W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3, 16 Therapists Treasure Chest, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Malan, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Positive Aging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Therapists Ultimate Solution Book, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Maletic, Vladimir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Post Traumatic Success . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Therapy with Older Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Malkinson, Ruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Posttraumatic Stress Disorders in Children and Adolescents Thomas, Lloyd J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Manfield, Philip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 62 Through the Eyes of a Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Many Faces of Eros, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Practical Social Skills for Autism Spectrum Disorders . . . . 49 Tinker, Robert H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Maps of Narrative Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Practice-Building 2.0 for Mental Health Professionals . 35 Tinsley, Joyce A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Markham, Laurie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Pragmatics of Human Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Todd, Tracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Marks-Tarlow, Terry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Prenatal Development and Parents Lived Experiences . . . . . 15 Total Life Coaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Marks, Melissa J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Present Moment in Psychotherapy and Everyday Life, The . 21 Tough-to-Treat Anxiety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Marriage Clinic Casebook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Presti, David E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Transforming Negative Self-Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 47
Marriage Clinic, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Price, Reese E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Transforming the Pain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Marrying Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Prinz, Steven M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Transgender Children and Youth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 48, 60
Marsh, Diane T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 PRISM Workbook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Trauma and the Avoidant Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Marsten. David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Psychobiology of Gene Expression, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 50 Trauma and the Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Martell, Christopher R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Psychobiology of Mind-Body Healing, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Trauma and the Therapist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Martin, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Psychotherapy Essentials to Go . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Trauma Essentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Mascolo, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Psychotherapy of the Brain-Injured Patient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Trauma Spectrum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Maunder, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Psychotherapy with Impossible Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Trauma Treatment Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Maxmen, Jerrold S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Quick Steps to Resolving Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Trauma-Sensitive Mindfulness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
McCullough, Leigh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Quickies, Third Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Trauma-Sensitive Yoga in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
McCurry, Christopher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Raison, Charles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Ravitz, Paula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Treadway, David C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
McDougall, Joyce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Treating Infidelity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
McGoldrick, Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 55 Rea, William S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Recollections of Sexual Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Treating Trauma-Related Dissociation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
McLeod, Bryce D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
McMillin, C. Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Recreating Partnership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Treatment Collaboration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
McMullin, Rian E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 48 Reflective Parent, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 48 Treatment Resistance and Patient Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Meares, Russell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Rehearsals for Growth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Treleaven, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Medication Question, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Relational Suicide Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Tronick, Ed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Meditation for Therapists and Their Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Residential Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Turnbull, Janiece . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Meier, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Resolving Sexual Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Turnell, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Men in Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Restifo, Kathleen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Turow, Rachel Goldsmith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 48
Menendez, Diane S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Restoring Resilience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Twelve Months to Your Ideal Private Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Mental Health for the Whole Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Retelling the Stories of Our Lives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Unwell Brain, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Merrens, Matthew R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Rettew, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Upside of Shame, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Methven, Susanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Reuss, Norman H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Users Guide to Therapy, A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Michael, Suzanne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Rituals in Families and Family Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Using Hypnosis with Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Miller, Dusty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 63 Road to Calm Workbook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 48 Van Der Hart, Onno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 24
Miller, Laurence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Roberts, Janine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 Verbal & Non-Verbal Communication in Psychotherapy . . . . 38
Miller, Scott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 63 Roberts, Lisa J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Wade, J. William . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Milosavljevic, Nada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 60 Rogers, Ronald L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Wallas, Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 18 Rogers, Susan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Walsh, Froma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Mindful Anger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Rosenthal, Michele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Ward, Nicholas G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Mindful Brain, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Rossi, Ernest L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 50, 59 Washton, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Mindful Coloring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Rossouw, Pieter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Watkins, Helen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Mindful Parenting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Rothman, Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Watkins, John G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Mindful Therapist, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Rothschild, Babette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 30
Watzlawick, Paul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Mindfulness and Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Rowan, Tim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Weakland, John . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Mindfulness Skills for Trauma and PTSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 48 Russell, Eileen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Saakvitne, Karen W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Weeks, Gerald R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Mindfulness-Based Play-Family Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Wegela, Karen Kissel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Minton, Kekuni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Sacred Path of the Therapist, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Sacred Therapies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Wehrenberg, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 27, 39, 44
Mischke Reeds, Manuela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Sanders, Roy Q. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Weiner-Davis, Michele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Monda, Lorena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Montgomery, Arlene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Sandplay Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Weinstein, Ann Diamond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
More Transforming Negative Self-Talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 47 Santulli, Robert B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Weintraub, Amy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Morning Meditations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 58 Sardar, Taymoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Weiss, Halko . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Morrison Dore, Martha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Scaer, Robert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 46 Wesselmann, Debra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Mosher, Loren R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Scheifler, Patricia L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Westland, Gill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Mother-Infant Interaction Picture Book, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Schenker, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Wexler, David B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37, 42, 63
Muller, Robert T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Schnarch, David M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 What Every Therapist Needs to Know about Treating Eating
Muskin, Philip R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 57 Schore, Allan N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 and Weight Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Mystery of Goodness and the Positive Moral Consequences of Schubert Grabb, Gwen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 44 Where to Start and What to Ask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Psychotherapy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Schuyler, Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 White, Michael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Nace, Edgar P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Schweitzer, Cathy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Whiting, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Narcissism and Intimacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Science of Addiction, Second Ed., The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 63 Whitson, Signe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 60
Narrative Means to Therapeutic Ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Science of Couples and Family Therapy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Why Therapy Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Narrative Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Science of the Art of Psychotherapy, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Wiener, Daniel J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Narrative Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Science of Trust, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Wilkinson, Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Narrative Therapy in Wonderland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Scott, Elizabeth Anne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Williams, Patrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Narvaez, Darcia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Sederer, Lloyd I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Wilson, Sandra A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Nealy, Elijah C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 48, 60 Selekman, Matthew D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Wood, Jeffrey K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Neborsky, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Self-Agency in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Working With Parents of Anxious Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Neuro-Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Self-Compassion in Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Working with Self-Harming Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Neuro-Narrative Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Self-Compassion Skills Workbook, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Working with the Problem Drinker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Neuro-Philosophy and the Healthy Mind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Sensorimotor Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Yapko, Michael D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Neuroanatomy for Students of Behavioral Disorders . . . . . . 26 Sensory Processing Challenges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Yeager, Daniel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Neurobehavioral and Social-Emotional Development of Infants Seven Strategies for Positive Aging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42, 48
Sex Addiction as Affect Dysregulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Yeager, Marcie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
and Children, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Sex, Love, and Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Yoga Skills for Therapists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Neurobiologically Informed Trauma Therapy with Children and
Adolescents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Shaner, Andrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Yoga Therapy for Children with Autism and Special Needs
Neurobiology and the Development of Human Morality . . . 19 Shannahoff-Khalsa, David . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 61
Neurobiology Essentials for Clinicians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Shannon, Scott M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 61 Your Child in the Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Neurobiology for Clinical Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Shapiro, Francine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Your Life After Trauma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Neurobiology of Attachment-Focused Therapy, The . . . . . . . 24 Shapiro, Janet R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Your Resonant Self . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Neurofeedback in the Treatment of Developmental Trauma Shapiro, Robin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 36, 64 Yue, Dongmei . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 59 Shatkin, Jess P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Zen and Psychotherapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Neuropsychology of the Unconscious, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Short-Term Therapy for Long-Term Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Zerbe, Kathryn J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Neuroscience of Human Relationships, Second Ed., The . . . 14 Siegel, Daniel J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 13, 18, 19, 32 Ziegler, Phillip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Neuroscience of Psychotherapy, Third Ed., The . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Siegel, Irene R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Ziff, Anne F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
New Handbook of Cognitive Therapy Techniques, The . . . . . 43 Siegel, Judith P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Zimmerman, Jeffrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
New Mind-Body Science of Depression, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Signs of Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Zweben, Joan Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
67
Norton Mental Health
W.W. Norton & Company
500 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10110
Visit our Web site at wwnorton.com/psych and sign up to receive

our email newsletter, featuring special offers and sample chapters.
nmh@wwnorton.com
@wwnortonMH
youtube.com/NortonMentalHealth
Facebook.com/NortonMentalHealth
Most titles available in e-book format from retailers.

2018 Norton Mental Health Annual Catalog

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

2018 Norton Mental Health Annual Catalog

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

NORTON MENTAL HEALTH

ISBN: 978-0-393-70787-8 2017 288 pages Hardcover $29.95

Topics include: Adaptive Reactions of the Autonomic Nervous System

ISBN: 978-0-393-71307-7 2011 368 pages Hardcover $48.50

About Stephen W. Porges, PhD, is Distinguished University Scientist at Indiana University,

THE BODY REMEMBERS, VOLUME 2

Babette Rothschild empowers both therapists and clients by expanding trauma

The Autonomic Nervous System (ANS) Table, included in

Also by Babette Rothschild

DISCOUNTED TWO-BOOK SET: THE BODY REMEMBERS

For more books by Rothschild, see page 30 and visit bit.ly/rothschildbooks

Understanding personality development from the perspective of mammals is a

ISBN: 978-0-393-71057-1 March 2018 416 pages Hardcover $35.00

THE SCIENCE OF COUPLES AND FAMILY THERAPY

YOUR RESONANT SELF

NUTRITION ESSENTIALS FOR MENTAL HEALTH

THE INTELLIGENT BODY

ISBN: 978-0-393-71139-4 2017 448 pages Hardcover $27.95

LGBTQ CLIENTS IN THERAPY

Contents: 1. Psychotherapy for LGBTQ People:Setting the RecordStraight!2.

ISBN: 978-1-324-00048-8 February 2018 448 pages Hardcover $27.95

QUICKIES, Third Edition

From genetics to environmental adversity to inflammation and the immune system,

THE SCIENCE OF ADDICTION, Second Edition

ISBN: 978-0-393-71207-0 March 2018 352 pages Hardcover $37.50

201 POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY APPLICATIONS

THE 10 BEST-EVER ANXIETY MANAGEMENT

BENSON THE BOXER PROGRAM FOR GRIEF AND LOSS

Also by Tim Desmond

Contents: Introduction: The Need for Trauma-Sensitive Mindfulness Part I:

ISBN: 978-0-393-70978-0 February 2018 224 pages Hardcover $27.50

THE REFLECTIVE PARENT

Contents: 1. 10 Principles of Reflective Parentin 2. Your Childs Unique Mind 3.

ISBN: 978-0-393-71133-2 2017 288 pages Hardcover $25.95

Contents: Introduction SECTION I: THEORETICAL CONSIDERATIONS 1. The Positive

Contents: 1. Toward a Neuro-Narrative Therapy: Histories of the Present Revisited 2.

THE SACRED PATH OF THE THERAPIST

Contents: 1. Mindfulness, Attunement, and Spiritual Resonance 2. Transpersonal

Welcome to the Norton Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology!

THE HEART OF TRAUMA

ISBN: 978-0-393-71048-9 November 2017 340 pages Hardcover $27.50

Also by Bonnie Badenoch:

Topics include: Theoretical Foundations The Brains Building Blocks

Brain Listening to Family Histories The Three Faces of Mindfulness Patterning

ISBN: 978-0-393-70554-6 2008 412 pages Paperback $29.95

THE BRAIN-SAVVY THERAPISTS WORKBOOK

Contents: 1. Psychotherapy as the Growth of Wholeness: The Negotiation of

PLAY AND CREATIVITY IN PSYCHOTHERAPY

Contents: 1. Deer, Chicken, Hunting Dogs, and the Future of Humankind 2. A

ISBN: 978-0-393-71171-4 November 2017 384 pages Hardcover $37.50

Also by Terry Marks-Tarlow:

AWAKENING CLINICAL INTUITION

THE NEUROSCIENCE OF PSYCHOTHERAPY,

Healing the Social Brain

ISBN: 978-0-393-71264-3 2017 592 pages Hardcover $49.95

WHY THERAPY WORKS

Why Therapy Works is a tour de force . . . Drew Pinsky, MD, Internist/

ISBN: 978-0-393-70905-6 2016 288 pages Hardcover $23.95

THE NEUROSCIENCE OF HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS,

Topics include: The Emergence of Social Neuroscience: An Overview Social Brain

ISBN: 978-0-393-70782-3 2014 656 pages Hardcover $47.50

THE HEALTHY AGING BRAIN

See page 42 for Louis Cozolinos The Making of a Therapist.

ISBN 978-0-393-71106-6 2016 496 pages Hardcover $47.50